#
37c37096 |
|
07-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: don't use sband->band early Some drivers may (notably mt76 does) not set up sband->band before registering, and cfg80211 will fill it in later. But since the HT/HE capability check mac80211 required it to be initialized already, otherwise failing things. This really isn't necessary though since the code is iterating the list of bands, and has the 'band' variable available. Fix it to not require the sband->band to be initialized already. Fixes: f04d2c247e04 ("wifi: mac80211: disallow drivers with HT wider than HE") Reported-by: Bert Karwatzki <spasswolf@web.de> Debugged-by: Bert Karwatzki <spasswolf@web.de> Closes: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=218466 Link: https://msgid.link/20240207115920.43cbedffb5c3.I4968e12275a3f95926e3f3ccae81e50f23fe4d4d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6092077a |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: introduce 'channel request' For channel contexts, mac80211 currently uses the cfg80211 chandef struct (control channel, center freq(s), width) to define towards drivers and internally how these behave. In fact, there are _two_ such structs used, where the min_def can reduce bandwidth according to the stations connected. Unfortunately, with EHT this is longer be sufficient, at least not for all hardware. EHT requires that non-AP STAs that are connected to an AP with a lower bandwidth than it (the AP) advertises (e.g. 160 MHz STA connected to 320 MHz AP) still be able to receive downlink OFDMA and respond to trigger frames for uplink OFDMA that specify the position and bandwidth for the non-AP STA relative to the channel the AP is using. Therefore, they need to be aware of this, and at least for some hardware (e.g. Intel) this awareness is in the hardware. As a result, use of the "same" channel may need to be split over two channel contexts where they differ by the AP being used. As a first step, introduce a concept of a channel request ('chanreq') for each interface, to control the context it requests. This step does nothing but reorganise the code, so that later the AP's chandef can be added to the request in order to handle the EHT case described above. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.2e88e48bd2e9.I4256183debe975c5ed71621611206fdbb69ba330@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0a44dfc0 |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: simplify non-chanctx drivers There are still surprisingly many non-chanctx drivers, but in mac80211 that code is a bit awkward. Simplify this by having those drivers assign 'emulated' ops, so that the mac80211 code can be more unified between non-chanctx/chanctx drivers. This cuts the number of places caring about it by about 15, which are scattered across - now they're fewer and no longer in the channel context handling. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.6d0ead50f5cf.I60d093b2fc81ca1853925a4d0ac3a2337d5baa5b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f04d2c24 |
|
11-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: disallow drivers with HT wider than HE To simplify the code in the next patch, disallow drivers supporting 40 MHz in HT but not HE, since we'd otherwise have to track local maximum bandwidth per mode there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240111181514.da15fe3214d2.I4df51ad2f4c844615c168bf9bdb498925b3c77d4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b220ed8 |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for SPP A-MSDUs If software crypto is used, simply add support for SPP A-MSDUs (and use it whenever enabled as required by the cfg80211 API). If hardware crypto is used, leave it up to the driver to set the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT flag and then check sta->spp_amsdu or the IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU key flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Gabay <daniel.gabay@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.b8ada4514e2b.I1ac25d5f158165b5a88062a5a5e4c4fbeecf9a5d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f500fbc |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: process and save negotiated TID to Link mapping request An MLD may send TID-to-Link mapping request frame to negotiate TID to link mapping with a peer MLD. Support handling negotiated TID-to-Link mapping request frame by parsing the frame, asking the driver whether it supports the received mapping or not, and sending a TID-to-Link mapping response to the AP MLD. Theoretically, links that became inactive due to the received TID-to-Link mapping request, can be selected to be activated but this would require tearing down the negotiated TID-to-Link mapping, which is still not supported. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.0bc1a24fcc9d.Ie72e47dc6f8c77d4a2f0947b775ef6367fe0edac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d34be431 |
|
11-Dec-2023 |
Evan Quan <quanliangl@hotmail.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Add support for WBRF features To support the WBRF mechanism, Wifi adapters utilized in the system must register the frequencies in use (or unregister those frequencies no longer used) via the dedicated calls. So that, other drivers responding to the frequencies can take proper actions to mitigate possible interference. Co-developed-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> Co-developed-by: Evan Quan <quanliangl@hotmail.com> Signed-off-by: Evan Quan <quanliangl@hotmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ma Jun <Jun.Ma2@amd.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211100630.2170152-5-Jun.Ma2@amd.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2703bc85 |
|
12-Oct-2023 |
Kalle Valo <quic_kvalo@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rename ieee80211_tx_status() to ieee80211_tx_status_skb() make htmldocs warns: Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211:109: ./include/net/mac80211.h:5170: WARNING: Duplicate C declaration, also defined at mac80211:1117. Declaration is '.. c:function:: void ieee80211_tx_status (struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)'. This is because there's a function named ieee80211_tx_status() and a struct named ieee80211_tx_status. This has been discussed previously but no solution found: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220521114629.6ee9fc06@coco.lan/ There's also a bug open for three years with no solution in sight: https://github.com/sphinx-doc/sphinx/pull/8313 So I guess we have no other solution than to a workaround this in the code, for example to rename the function to ieee80211_tx_status_skb() to avoid the name conflict. I got the idea for the name from ieee80211_tx_status_noskb() in which the skb is not provided as an argument, instead with ieee80211_tx_status_skb() the skb is provided. Compile tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <quic_kvalo@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231012114229.2931808-2-kvalo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
041a74cb |
|
20-Sep-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Notify the low level driver on change in MLO valid links Notify the low level driver when there is change in the valid links. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230920211508.4fc85b0a51b0.I64238e0e892709a2bd4764b3bca93cdcf021e2fd@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8c18412 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: annotate iftype_data pointer with sparse There were are a number of cases in mac80211 and iwlwifi (at least) that used the sband->iftype_data pointer directly, instead of using the accessors to find the right array entry to use. Make sparse warn when such a thing is done. To not have a lot of casts, add two helper functions/macros - ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() - for_each_sband_iftype_data() Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b7600aae |
|
29-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix TXQ error path and cleanup We currently call ieee80211_txq_teardown_flows() as part of ieee80211_remove_interfaces(), but that's not really right in case of HW registration failures, specifically rate control. Call it separately to fix that issue. Reported-by: Zhengchao Shao <shaozhengchao@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
076fc877 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove wdev mutex Since we're now protecting everything with the wiphy mutex (and were really using it for almost everything before), there's no longer any real reason to have a separate wdev mutex. It may feel better, but really has no value. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0cd8080e |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove local->mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the local->mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5435af6e |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove chanctx_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the chanctx_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a8b665e |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove key_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the key_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6add8be |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move filter reconfig to wiphy work This again is intended for future cleanups that are possible when mac80211 and drivers can assume the wiphy is locked. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3208fb7 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move key tailroom work to wiphy work This way we hold the wiphy mutex there, as a step towards removing some of the additional locks we have. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
eadfb547 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move sched-scan stop work to wiphy work This also has the wiphy locked here then. We need to use the _locked version of cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() now, which also fixes an old deadlock there. Fixes: a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9fa659f9 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move dynamic PS to wiphy work Along with everything else, move the dynamic PS work to be a wiphy work, to simplify locking later. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
97c19e42 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move offchannel works to wiphy work Make the offchannel works wiphy works to have the wiphy locked for executing them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
730538ed |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: lock wiphy in IP address notifier Lock the wiphy in the IP address notifier as another place that should have it locked before calling into the driver. This needs a bit of attention since the notifier can be called while the wiphy is already locked, when we remove an interface. Handle this by not running the notifier in this case, and instead calling out to the driver directly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
20171251 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move scan work to wiphy work Move the scan work to wiphy work, which also simplifies the way we handle the work vs. the scan configuration. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
228e4f93 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move radar detect work to wiphy work Move the radar detect work to wiphy work in order to lock the wiphy for it without doing it manually. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b920590f |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: flush wiphy work where appropriate Before converting more works to wiphy work, add flushing in mac80211 where we also flush the mac80211 workqueue. Not needed in suspend since cfg80211 will have taken care of it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4b8d43f1 |
|
06-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: mlme: move disconnects to wiphy work Move the beacon loss work that might cause a disconnect and the CSA disconnect work to be wiphy work, so we hold the wiphy lock for them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
15ddba5f |
|
03-Jun-2023 |
Anjaneyulu <pagadala.yesu.anjaneyulu@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: consistently use u64 for BSS changes Currently, enum ieee80211_bss_change has more than 32 flags. Change the type of the corresponding variables from u32 to u64. Signed-off-by: Anjaneyulu <pagadala.yesu.anjaneyulu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.10354a05eaf1.If19359262fe2728dd523ea6d7c3aa7dc50940411@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
baa951a1 |
|
19-Apr-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use the new drop reasons infrastructure It can be really hard to analyse or debug why packets are going missing in mac80211, so add the needed infrastructure to use use the new per-subsystem drop reasons. We actually use two drop reason subsystems here because of the different handling of frames that are dropped but still go to monitor for old versions of hostapd, and those that are just completely unusable (e.g. crypto failed.) Annotate a few reasons here just to illustrate this, we'll need to go through and annotate more of them later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
007ae9b2 |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: Serialize ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue must not run concurrent multiple times. It calls ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() and the drivers migrated to iTXQ do not expect overlapping drv_tx() calls. This fixes 'c850e31f79f0 ("wifi: mac80211: add internal handler for wake_tx_queue")', which introduced ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue. Drivers started to use it with 'a790cc3a4fad ("wifi: mac80211: add wake_tx_queue callback to drivers")'. But only after fixing an independent bug with '4444bc2116ae ("wifi: mac80211: Proper mark iTXQs for resumption")' problematic concurrent calls really happened and exposed the initial issue. Fixes: c850e31f79f0 ("wifi: mac80211: add internal handler for wake_tx_queue") Reported-by: Thomas Mann <rauchwolke@gmx.net> Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=217119 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/b8efebc6-4399-d0b8-b2a0-66843314616b@leemhuis.info/ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/b7445607128a6b9ed7c17fcdcf3679bfaf4aaea.camel@sipsolutions.net> CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314211122.111688-1-alexander@wetzel-home.de [add missing spin_lock_init() noticed by Felix] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
107395f9 |
|
09-Oct-2022 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: Drop support for TX push path All drivers are now using mac80211 internal queues (iTXQs). Drop mac80211 internal support for the old push path. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
69e0d04e |
|
29-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: prohibit IEEE80211_HT_CAP_DELAY_BA with MLO This won't work right at least with the code as it is, so at least for now just assume it's never set for MLO. It may very well never change, almost no drivers support it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9beed8de |
|
26-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: set internal scan request BSSID If any driver relies entirely on the scan request BSSID, then that would be wrong for internal scans. Initialize it to the broadcast address since we don't otherwise use the field. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
50b2e871 |
|
15-Oct-2022 |
taozhang <taozhang@bestechnic.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix memory free error when registering wiphy fail ieee80211_register_hw free the allocated cipher suites when registering wiphy fail, and ieee80211_free_hw will re-free it. set wiphy_ciphers_allocated to false after freeing allocated cipher suites. Signed-off-by: taozhang <taozhang@bestechnic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3c06e91b |
|
26-Aug-2022 |
James Prestwood <prestwoj@gmail.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Support POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE feature Adds support in mac80211 for NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE. The motivation behind this functionality is to fix limitations of address randomization on frequencies which are disallowed in world roaming. The way things work now, if a client wants to randomize their address per-connection it must power down the device, change the MAC, and power back up. Here lies a problem since powering down the device may result in frequencies being disabled (until the regdom is set). If the desired BSS is on one such frequency the client is unable to connect once the phy is powered again. For mac80211 based devices changing the MAC while powered is possible but currently disallowed (-EBUSY). This patch adds some logic to allow a MAC change while powered by removing the interface, changing the MAC, and adding it again. mac80211 will advertise support for this feature so userspace can determine the best course of action e.g. disallow address randomization on certain frequencies if not supported. There are certain limitations put on this which simplify the logic: - No active connection - No offchannel work, including scanning. Signed-off-by: James Prestwood <prestwoj@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19343659 |
|
12-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: prohibit DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP in MLO For now, prohibit DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP since we can't really transmit this on a specific link yet as we don't know which links are active. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7840bd46 |
|
03-Jul-2022 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove link_id parameter from link_info_changed() Since struct ieee80211_bss_conf already contains link_id, passing link_id is not necessary. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c7c6b58 |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: expect powersave handling in driver for MLO In MLO, expect the driver fully handles powersave handling, including tracking whether or not a beacon was received, the DTIM period, etc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3b8008d |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move ps setting to vif config This really shouldn't be in a per-link config, we don't want to let anyone control it that way (if anything, link powersave could be forced through APIs to activate/deactivate a link), and we don't support powersave in software with devices that can do MLO. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8675a63 |
|
17-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link/link_conf pointers Since links can be added and removed dynamically, we need to somehow protect the sdata->link[] and vif->link_conf[] array pointers from disappearing when accessing them without locks. RCU-ify the pointers to achieve this, which requires quite a bit of rework. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
591e73ee |
|
26-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: properly skip link info driver update If the interface isn't (yet) added to the driver, skip the link info update. This was previously done for the BSS info changes, but I forgot to copy the same check here. Fixes: 7b7090b4c6a9 ("wifi: mac80211: split bss_info_changed method") Reported-by: syzbot+bce2ca140cc00578ed07@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8e4bac06 |
|
25-Jun-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add a per-PHY AQL limit to improve fairness In order to maintain fairness, the amount of queueing needs to be limited beyond the simple per-station AQL budget, otherwise the driver can simply repeatedly do scheduling rounds until all queues that have not used their AQL budget become eligble. To be conservative, use the high AQL limit for the first txq and add half of the low AQL for each subsequent queue. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220625212411.36675-5-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
942741da |
|
25-Jun-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: switch airtime fairness back to deficit round-robin scheduling This reverts commits 6a789ba679d652587532cec2a0e0274fda172f3b and 2433647bc8d983a543e7d31b41ca2de1c7e2c198. The virtual time scheduler code has a number of issues: - queues slowed down by hardware/firmware powersave handling were not properly handled. - on ath10k in push-pull mode, tx queues that the driver tries to pull from were starved, causing excessive latency - delay between tx enqueue and reported airtime use were causing excessively bursty tx behavior The bursty behavior may also be present on the round-robin scheduler, but there it is much easier to fix without introducing additional regressions Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220625212411.36675-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a503a953 |
|
08-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: ignore IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS in chanctx mode When channel contexts are used, IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS doesn't make sense and doesn't apply (which is documented). Mask it in this case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
762623a6 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: validate some driver features for MLO If MLO is enabled by the driver then validate a set of capabilities that mac80211 will initially not support in MLO. This might change if features are implemented. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b7090b4 |
|
24-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: split bss_info_changed method Split the bss_info_changed method to vif_cfg_changed and link_info_changed, with the latter getting a link ID. Also change the 'changed' parameter to u64 already, we know we need that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f276e20b |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move interface config to new struct We'll use bss_conf for per-link configuration later, so move out all the non-link-specific data out into a new struct ieee80211_vif_cfg used in the vif. Some adjustments were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; struct ieee80211_vif *vifp; identifier var = { assoc, ibss_joined, aid, arp_addr_list, arp_addr_cnt, ssid, ssid_len, s1g, ibss_creator }; @@ ( -sdata->vif.bss_conf.var +sdata->vif.cfg.var | -vifp->bss_conf.var +vifp->cfg.var ) @bss_conf@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; identifier var = { assoc, ibss_joined, aid, arp_addr_list, arp_addr_cnt, ssid, ssid_len, s1g, ibss_creator }; @@ -bss_conf->var +vif_cfg->var (though more manual fixups were needed, e.g. replacing "vif_cfg->" by "vif->cfg." in many files.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0a9123e |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move some future per-link data to bss_conf To add MLD, reuse the bss_conf structure later for per-link information, so move some things into it that are per link. Most transformations were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -sdata->vif.var +sdata->vif.bss_conf.var @@ struct ieee80211_vif *vif; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -vif->var +vif->bss_conf.var Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a5f0af |
|
09-Feb-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove cipher scheme support The only driver using this was iwlwifi, where we just removed the support because it was never really used. Remove the code from mac80211 as well. Change-Id: I1667417a5932315ee9d81f5c233c56a354923f09 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
53da4c45 |
|
13-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused argument to ieee80211_sta_connection_lost() We never use the bssid argument to ieee80211_sta_connection_lost() so we might as well just remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8fe4b0b |
|
13-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use ifmgd->bssid instead of ifmgd->associated->bssid Since we always track the BSSID there when we get associated, these are equivalent, but ifmgd->bssid saves a dereference and thus makes the code a bit smaller, and more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
820acc81 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add EHT capabilities to association/probe request Add the EHT capabilities element to both probe request and association request frames, if advertised by the driver. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173004.2ec94388acee.I40d2ef06099cb091e9c2c01f8ef521b993a3d559@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cee04f3c |
|
29-Nov-2021 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Remove a couple of obsolete TODO The HE capability IE is an extension IE so remove an irrelevant comments. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20211129152938.550b95b5fca7.Ia31395e880172aefcc0a8c70ed060f84b94bdb83@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a11174d |
|
28-Jun-2021 |
Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> |
mac80211: remove unnecessary NULL check in ieee80211_register_hw() The address "&sband->iftype_data[i]" points to an array at the end of struct. It can't be NULL and so the check can be removed. Fixes: bac2fd3d7534 ("mac80211: remove use of ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap()") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/YNmgHi7Rh3SISdog@mwanda Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
276e189f |
|
16-Aug-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix locking in ieee80211_restart_work() Ilan's change to move locking around accidentally lost the wiphy_lock() during some porting, add it back. Fixes: 45daaa131841 ("mac80211: Properly WARN on HW scan before restart") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210817121210.47bdb177064f.Ib1ef79440cd27f318c028ddfc0c642406917f512@changeid Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
2433647b |
|
23-Jun-2021 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Switch to a virtual time-based airtime scheduler This switches the airtime scheduler in mac80211 to use a virtual time-based scheduler instead of the round-robin scheduler used before. This has a couple of advantages: - No need to sync up the round-robin scheduler in firmware/hardware with the round-robin airtime scheduler. - If several stations are eligible for transmission we can schedule both of them; no need to hard-block the scheduling rotation until the head of the queue has used up its quantum. - The check of whether a station is eligible for transmission becomes simpler (in ieee80211_txq_may_transmit()). The drawback is that scheduling becomes slightly more expensive, as we need to maintain an rbtree of TXQs sorted by virtual time. This means that ieee80211_register_airtime() becomes O(logN) in the number of currently scheduled TXQs because it can change the order of the scheduled stations. We mitigate this overhead by only resorting when a station changes position in the tree, and hopefully N rarely grows too big (it's only TXQs currently backlogged, not all associated stations), so it shouldn't be too big of an issue. To prevent divisions in the fast path, we maintain both station sums and pre-computed reciprocals of the sums. This turns the fast-path operation into a multiplication, with divisions only happening as the number of active stations change (to re-compute the current sum of all active station weights). To prevent this re-computation of the reciprocal from happening too frequently, we use a time-based notion of station activity, instead of updating the weight every time a station gets scheduled or de-scheduled. As queues can oscillate between empty and occupied quite frequently, this can significantly cut down on the number of re-computations. It also has the added benefit of making the station airtime calculation independent on whether the queue happened to have drained at the time an airtime value was accounted. Co-developed-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210623134755.235545-1-toke@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bac2fd3d |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove use of ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() All uses of ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() were actually wrong, in net/mac80211/mlme.c they were wrong because that code is also used for P2P (which is a different interface type), in net/mac80211/main.c that should check all interface types. Fix all that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.ede114bc8b46.Ibcd9a5d98430e936344eb6d242ef8a65c2f59b74@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
45daaa13 |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Properly WARN on HW scan before restart The following race was possible: 1. The device driver requests HW restart. 2. A scan is requested from user space and is propagated to the driver. During this flow HW_SCANNING flag is set. 3. The thread that handles the HW restart is scheduled, and before starting the actual reconfiguration it checks that HW_SCANNING is not set. The flow does so without acquiring any lock, and thus the WARN fires. Fix this by checking that HW_SCANNING is on only after RTNL is acquired, i.e., user space scan request handling is no longer in transit. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.8238ab3e19ab.I2693c581c70251472b4f9089e37e06fb2c18268f@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f057d140 |
|
17-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use sdata->skb_queue for TDLS We need to differentiate these frames since the ones we currently put on the skb_queue_tdls_chsw have already been converted to ethernet format, but now that we've got a single place to enqueue to the sdata->skb_queue this isn't hard. Just differentiate based on protocol and adjust the code to queue the SKBs appropriately. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210517230754.17034990abef.I5342f2183c0d246b18d36c511eb3b6be298a6572@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5baf287 |
|
08-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move interface shutdown out of wiphy lock When reconfiguration fails, we shut down everything, but we cannot call cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces() with the wiphy mutex held. Since cfg80211 now calls it on resume errors, we only need to do likewise for where we call reconfig (whether directly or indirectly), but not under the wiphy lock. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 2fe8ef106238 ("cfg80211: change netdev registration/unregistration semantics") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210608113226.78233c80f548.Iecc104aceb89f0568f50e9670a9cb191a1c8887b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7dd231eb |
|
08-Apr-2021 |
Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com> |
mac80211: drop the connection if firmware crashed while in CSA Don't bother keeping the link in that case. It is way too complicated to keep the connection. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210409123755.a126c8833398.I677bdac314dd50d90474a90593902c17f9410cc4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db878e27 |
|
08-Apr-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: bail out if cipher schemes are invalid If any of the cipher schemes specified by the driver are invalid, bail out and fail the registration rather than just warning. Otherwise, we might later crash when we try to use the invalid cipher scheme, e.g. if the hdr_len is (significantly) less than the pn_offs + pn_len, we'd have an out-of-bounds access in RX validation. Fixes: 2475b1cc0d52 ("mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210408143149.38a3a13a1b19.I6b7f5790fa0958ed8049cf02ac2a535c61e9bc96@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
041c881a |
|
10-Mar-2021 |
Karthikeyan Kathirvel <kathirve@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: choose first enabled channel for monitor Even if the first channel from sband channel list is invalid or disabled mac80211 ends up choosing it as the default channel for monitor interfaces, making them not usable. Fix this by assigning the first available valid or enabled channel instead. Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Kathirvel <kathirve@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1615440547-7661-1-git-send-email-kathirve@codeaurora.org [reword commit message, comment, code cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a05829a7 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver Currently, _everything_ in cfg80211 holds the RTNL, and if you have a slow USB device (or a few) you can get some bad lock contention on that. Fix that by re-adding a mutex to each wiphy/rdev as we had at some point, so we have locking for the wireless_dev lists and all the other things in there, and also so that drivers still don't have to worry too much about it (they still won't get parallel calls for a single device). Then, we can restrict the RTNL to a few cases where we add or remove interfaces and really need the added protection. Some of the global list management still also uses the RTNL, since we need to have it anyway for netdev management, but we only hold the RTNL for very short periods of time here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.81df9f5e047a.I4a8e1a60b18863ea8c5e6d3a0faeafb2d45b2f40@changeid Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com> [marvell driver issues] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70d9c599 |
|
09-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove WDS-related code Now that all the mac80211-based drivers have removed WDS code and in particular the ability to advertise such devices, also remove all the code related to WDS here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109105103.38960c413d46.I3603c90a44562d847c39d15d5ff33d8c00df5834@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
da1cad73 |
|
03-Nov-2020 |
Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com> |
net: mac80211: convert tasklets to use new tasklet_setup() API In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup() and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
8552a434 |
|
11-Aug-2020 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: rename csa counters to countdown counters We want to reuse the functions and structs for other counters such as BSS color change. Rename them to more generic names. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200811080107.3615705-2-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7528198 |
|
27-May-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: support control port TX status reporting Add support for TX status reporting for the control port TX API; this will be used by hostapd when it moves to the control port TX API. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200527160334.19224-1-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [fix commit message, it was referring to nl80211] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2032f3b2 |
|
30-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
nl80211: support scan frequencies in KHz If the driver advertises NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ userspace can omit NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES in favor of an NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. To get scan results in KHz userspace must also set the NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ. This lets nl80211 remain compatible with older userspaces while not requring and sending redundant (and potentially incorrect) scan frequency sets. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200430172554.18383-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com [use just nla_nest_start() (not _noflag) for NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b6011960 |
|
01-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
873b1cf6 |
|
21-Apr-2020 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Process multicast RX registration for Action frames Convert a user space registration for processing multicast Action frames (NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME with NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST) to a new enum ieee80211_filter_flags bit FIF_MCAST_ACTION so that drivers can update their RX filter parameters appropriately, if needed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200421144815.19175-1-jouni@codeaurora.org [rename variables to rx_mcast_action_reg indicating action frames only] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6cb5f3ea |
|
23-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: populate debugfs only after cfg80211 init When fixing the initialization race, we neglected to account for the fact that debugfs is initialized in wiphy_register(), and some debugfs things went missing (or rather were rerooted to the global debugfs root). Fix this by adding debugfs entries only after wiphy_register(). This requires some changes in the rate control code since it currently adds debugfs at alloc time, which can no longer be done after the reordering. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com> Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de> Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 52e04b4ce5d0 ("mac80211: fix race in ieee80211_register_hw()") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200423111344.0e00d3346f12.Iadc76a03a55093d94391fc672e996a458702875d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
52e04b4c |
|
07-Apr-2020 |
Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org> |
mac80211: fix race in ieee80211_register_hw() A race condition leading to a kernel crash is observed during invocation of ieee80211_register_hw() on a dragonboard410c device having wcn36xx driver built as a loadable module along with a wifi manager in user-space waiting for a wifi device (wlanX) to be active. Sequence diagram for a particular kernel crash scenario: user-space ieee80211_register_hw() ieee80211_tasklet_handler() ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ | | | |<---phy0----wiphy_register() | |-----iwd if_add---->| | | |<---IRQ----(RX packet) | Kernel crash | | due to unallocated | | workqueue. | | | | | alloc_ordered_workqueue() | | | | | Misc wiphy init. | | | | | ieee80211_if_add() | | | | As evident from above sequence diagram, this race condition isn't specific to a particular wifi driver but rather the initialization sequence in ieee80211_register_hw() needs to be fixed. So re-order the initialization sequence and the updated sequence diagram would look like: user-space ieee80211_register_hw() ieee80211_tasklet_handler() ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ | | | | alloc_ordered_workqueue() | | | | | Misc wiphy init. | | | | |<---phy0----wiphy_register() | |-----iwd if_add---->| | | |<---IRQ----(RX packet) | | | | ieee80211_if_add() | | | | Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1586254255-28713-1-git-send-email-sumit.garg@linaro.org [Johannes: fix rtnl imbalances] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8fa180bb |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com> |
mac80211: driver can remain on channel if not using chan_ctx Some of the drivers are not using channel context, but let the stack to control/switch channels instead. For such cases, driver can still remain on channel because the mac80211 stack actually supports it. The stack will check if the driver is using chan_ctx and has ops->remain_on_channel been hooked. Otherwise it will start its ROC work to remain on channel. So, even if the driver is not using chan_ctx, the driver is still capable of doing remain on channel. Signed-off-by: Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312074337.16198-1-yhchuang@realtek.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a916062a |
|
05-Mar-2020 |
Nicolas Cavallari <nicolas.cavallari@green-communications.fr> |
mac80211: Allow deleting stations in ibss mode to reset their state Set the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA if the interface support IBSS mode, so that stations can be reset from user space. mac80211 already deletes stations by itself, so mac80211 drivers must already support this. This has been successfully tested with ath9k. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <nicolas.cavallari@green-communications.fr> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200305135754.12094-2-cavallar@lri.fr Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f3f96ce |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: handle no-preauth flag for control port This patch adds support for disabling pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control port for mac80211. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312091055.54257-3-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [fix indentation slightly, squash feature enablement] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8079e4fe |
|
24-Feb-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: support NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_MAC_ADDRS" This reverts commit 9b125c27998719288e4dcf2faf54511039526692. As Jouni points out, there's really no need for this, since the RSN pre-authentication frames are normal data frames, not port control frames (locally). Fixes: 9b125c279987 ("mac80211: support NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_MAC_ADDRS") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200224101910.b87da63a3cd6.Ic94bc51a370c4aa7d19fbca9b96d90ab703257dc@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db6d9e9e |
|
17-Dec-2019 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Fix setting txpower to zero With multiple VIFS ath10k, and probably others, tries to find the minimum txpower for all vifs and uses that when setting txpower in the firmware. If a second vif is added and starts to scan, it's txpower is not initialized yet and it set to zero. ath10k had a patch to ignore zero values, but then it is impossible to actually set txpower to zero. So, instead initialize the txpower to INT_MIN in mac80211, and let drivers know that means the power has not been set and so should be ignored. This should fix regression in: commit 88407beb1b1462f706a1950a355fd086e1c450b6 Author: Ryan Hsu <ryanhsu@qca.qualcomm.com> Date: Tue Dec 13 14:55:19 2016 -0800 ath10k: fix incorrect txpower set by P2P_DEVICE interface Tested on ath10k 9984 with ath10k-ct firmware. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217183057.24586-1-greearb@candelatech.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9b125c27 |
|
06-Feb-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: support NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_MAC_ADDRS This is now a trivial patch, but for seeing the actual changes I (Johannes) split it out from the original. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200115125522.3755-1-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [split into separate cfg80211/mac80211 patches] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ff74c51e |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Allow user space to register for station Rx authentication To support Pre Association Security Negotiation (PASN) while already associated to one AP, allow user space to register to Rx authentication frames, so that the user space logic would be able to receive/handle authentication frames from a different AP as part of PASN. Note that it is expected that user space would intelligently register for Rx authentication frames, i.e., only when PASN is used and configure a match filter only for PASN authentication algorithm, as otherwise the MLME functionality of mac80211 would be broken. Additionally, since some versions of the user space daemons wrongly register to all types of authentication frames (which might result in unexpected behavior) allow such registration if the request is for a specific authentication algorithm number. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131114529.894206-1-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a65cc24 |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_wep_init() return void This function always returns 0, so there's no point in returning int. Make it void and remove the impossible error-path when calling it. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-11-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
07b83d2e |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing TX-related netdev features Set ndev->hw_features as well as ndev->features to allow changing the TX-related features with ethtool. We cannot (yet) change RX-related features since that requires telling the driver about it and we have no API for that yet. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-10-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
75e296e9 |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify and improve HT/VHT/HE disable code Check early on that a device has support for QoS (at least 4 queues) when it supports HT/VHT/HE, so we don't have to check this while connecting. This lets us clean up the code there: move some of it into channel preparation to clean up a bit more, and then change the logic to only check the "wmm_used" flag. Additionally, disable HE consistently when VHT is disabled. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-3-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
911bde0f |
|
11-Dec-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Turn AQL into an NL80211_EXT_FEATURE Instead of just having an airtime flag in debugfs, turn AQL into a proper NL80211_EXT_FEATURE, so drivers can turn it on when they are ready, and so we also expose the presence of the feature to userspace. This also has the effect of flipping the default, so drivers have to opt in to using AQL instead of getting it by default with TXQs. To keep functionality the same as pre-patch, we set this feature for ath10k (which is where it is needed the most). While we're at it, split out the debugfs interface so AQL gets its own per-station debugfs file instead of using the 'airtime' file. [Johannes:] This effectively disables AQL for iwlwifi, where it fixes a number of issues: * TSO in iwlwifi is causing underflows and associated warnings in AQL * HE (802.11ax) rates aren't reported properly so at HE rates, AQL could never have a valid estimate (it'd use 6 Mbps instead of up to 2400!) Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191212111437.224294-1-toke@redhat.com Fixes: 3ace10f5b5ad ("mac80211: Implement Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL)") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3ace10f5 |
|
18-Nov-2019 |
Kan Yan <kyan@google.com> |
mac80211: Implement Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) In order for the Fq_CoDel algorithm integrated in mac80211 layer to operate effectively to control excessive queueing latency, the CoDel algorithm requires an accurate measure of how long packets stays in the queue, AKA sojourn time. The sojourn time measured at the mac80211 layer doesn't include queueing latency in the lower layer (firmware/hardware) and CoDel expects lower layer to have a short queue. However, most 802.11ac chipsets offload tasks such TX aggregation to firmware or hardware, thus have a deep lower layer queue. Without a mechanism to control the lower layer queue size, packets only stay in mac80211 layer transiently before being sent to firmware queue. As a result, the sojourn time measured by CoDel in the mac80211 layer is almost always lower than the CoDel latency target, hence CoDel does little to control the latency, even when the lower layer queue causes excessive latency. The Byte Queue Limits (BQL) mechanism is commonly used to address the similar issue with wired network interface. However, this method cannot be applied directly to the wireless network interface. "Bytes" is not a suitable measure of queue depth in the wireless network, as the data rate can vary dramatically from station to station in the same network, from a few Mbps to over Gbps. This patch implements an Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) to make CoDel work effectively with wireless drivers that utilized firmware/hardware offloading. AQL allows each txq to release just enough packets to the lower layer to form 1-2 large aggregations to keep hardware fully utilized and retains the rest of the frames in mac80211 layer to be controlled by the CoDel algorithm. Signed-off-by: Kan Yan <kyan@google.com> [ Toke: Keep API to set pending airtime internal, fix nits in commit msg ] Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-4-kyan@google.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6dd47d97 |
|
05-Nov-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix ieee80211_txq_setup_flows() failure path If ieee80211_txq_setup_flows() fails, we don't clean up LED state properly, leading to crashes later on, fix that. Fixes: dc8b274f0952 ("mac80211: Move up init of TXQs") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191105154110.1ccf7112ba5d.I0ba865792446d051867b33153be65ce6b063d98c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06354665 |
|
05-Sep-2019 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set max MTU Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default max_mtu by storing it in the hardware struct and using that value for all interfaces. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1567738137-31748-1-git-send-email-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3e47bf1c |
|
29-Jun-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: Simplify Extended Key ID API 1) Drop IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE and let drivers directly set the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID flag. 2) Drop IEEE80211_HW_NO_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT and simply assume all drivers are unable to handle A-MPDU key borders. The new Extended Key ID API now requires all mac80211 drivers to set NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID when they implement set_key() and can handle Extended Key ID. For drivers not providing set_key() mac80211 itself enables Extended Key ID support, using the internal SW crypto services. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-2-alexander@wetzel-home.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5fdb3735 |
|
12-Jun-2019 |
Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org> |
net/mac80211: move WEP handling to ARC4 library interface The WEP code in the mac80211 subsystem currently uses the crypto API to access the arc4 (RC4) cipher, which is overly complicated, and doesn't really have an upside in this particular case, since ciphers are always synchronous and therefore always implemented in software. Given that we have no accelerated software implementations either, it is much more straightforward to invoke a generic library interface directly. Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
|
#
d2912cb1 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> |
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500 Based on 2 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation # extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-only has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net> Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
#
2638eb8b |
|
31-May-2019 |
Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de> |
net: ipv4: provide __rcu annotation for ifa_list ifa_list is protected by rcu, yet code doesn't reflect this. Add the __rcu annotations and fix up all places that are now reported by sparse. I've done this in the same commit to not add intermediate patches that result in new warnings. Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
387bc002 |
|
24-Apr-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: Set CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 for SW crypto only drivers Mac80211 SW crypto handles replacing PTK keys correctly. Don't trigger needless warnings or workarounds when the driver can only use the known good SW crypto provided by mac80211. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
622fce81 |
|
22-Apr-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: Fix Extended Key ID auto activation Only enable Extended Key ID support for drivers which are not supporting crypto offload and also do not support A-MPDU. While any driver using SW crypto from mac80211 is generally able to also support Extended Key ID these drivers are likely to mix keyIDs in AMPDUs when rekeying. According to IEEE 802.11-2016 "9.7.3 A-MPDU contents" this is not allowed. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> [reword comment a bit, move ! into logic expression] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
96fc6efb |
|
19-Mar-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: IEEE 802.11 Extended Key ID support Add support for Extended Key ID as defined in IEEE 802.11-2016. - Implement the nl80211 API for Extended Key ID - Extend mac80211 API to allow drivers to support Extended Key ID - Enable Extended Key ID by default for drivers only supporting SW crypto (e.g. mac80211_hwsim) - Allow unicast Tx usage to be supressed (IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX) - Select the decryption key based on the MPDU keyid - Enforce existing assumptions in the code that rekeys don't change the cipher Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> [remove module parameter] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c14a4d0 |
|
21-Feb-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Change default tx_sk_pacing_shift to 7 When we did the original tests for the optimal value of sk_pacing_shift, we came up with 6 ms of buffering as the default. Sadly, 6 is not a power of two, so when picking the shift value I erred on the size of less buffering and picked 4 ms instead of 8. This was probably wrong; those 2 ms of extra buffering makes a larger difference than I thought. So, change the default pacing shift to 7, which corresponds to 8 ms of buffering. The point of diminishing returns really kicks in after 8 ms, and so having this as a default should cut down on the need for extensive per-device testing and overrides needed in the drivers. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
caf56338 |
|
16-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: indicate support for multiple BSSID Set multi-bssid support flags according to driver support. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d9bb4108 |
|
08-Jan-2019 |
Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> |
mac80211: allow overriding HT STBC capabilities Allow user to override STBC configuration for Rx and Tx spatial streams. In practice RX/TX STBC settings can be modified using appropriate options in wpa_supplicant configuration file: tx_stbc=-1..1 rx_stbc=-1..3 This functionality has been added to wpa_supplicant in commit cdeea70f59d0. In FullMAC case these STBC options are passed to drivers by cfg80211 connect callback in fields of cfg80211_connect_params structure. However for mac80211 drivers, e.g. for mac80211_hwsim, overrides for STBC settings are ignored. The reason why RX/TX STBC capabilities are not modified for mac80211 drivers is as follows. All drivers need to specify supported HT/VHT overrides explicitly: see ht_capa_mod_mask and vht_capa_mod_mask fields of wiphy structure. Only supported overrides will be passed to drivers by cfg80211_connect and cfg80211_mlme_assoc operations: see bitwise 'AND' performed by cfg80211_oper_and_ht_capa and cfg80211_oper_and_vht_capa. This commit adds RX/TX STBC HT capabilities to mac80211_ht_capa_mod_mask, allowing their modifications, as well as applies requested STBC modifications in function ieee80211_apply_htcap_overrides. Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4809e94 |
|
18-Dec-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add airtime accounting and scheduling to TXQs This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ scheduler. A new callback, ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(), is added that drivers can call to report airtime usage for stations. When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs (through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k in-driver airtime fairness scheduling. If no airtime usage is reported by the driver, the scheduler will default to round-robin scheduling. For drivers that don't control TXQ scheduling in software, a new API function, ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(), is added which the driver can use to check if the TXQ is eligible for transmission, or should be throttled to enforce fairness. Calls to this function must also be enclosed in ieee80211_txq_schedule_{start,end}() calls to ensure proper locking. The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. Co-developed-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Louie Lu <git@louie.lu> [added debugfs write op to reset airtime counter] Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18667600 |
|
18-Dec-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs. The interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling is changed by adding two new functions: ieee80211_next_txq(), which will return the next TXQ to schedule in the current round-robin rotation, and ieee80211_return_txq(), which the driver uses to indicate that it has finished scheduling a TXQ (which will then be put back in the scheduling rotation if it isn't empty). The driver must call ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() at the start of each scheduling session, and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end() at the end. The API then guarantees that the same TXQ is not returned twice in the same session (so a driver can loop on ieee80211_next_txq() without worrying about breaking the loop. Usage of the new API is optional, so drivers can be ported one at a time. In this patch, the actual scheduling performed by mac80211 is simple round-robin, but a subsequent commit adds airtime fairness awareness to the scheduler. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [minor kernel-doc fix, propagate sparse locking checks out] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dd665d23 |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: never pass NULL params to ieee80211_if_add() This isn't really a problem now, but it means that the function has a few NULL checks that are only relevant when coming from the initial interface added in mac80211, and that's confusing. Just pass non-NULL (but equivalently empty) in that case and remove all the NULL checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a50e5fb8 |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix a kernel panic when TXing after TXQ teardown Recently TXQ teardown was moved earlier in ieee80211_unregister_hw(), to avoid a use-after-free of the netdev data. However, interfaces aren't fully removed at the point, and cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces can for example, TX a deauth frame. Move the TXQ teardown to the point between cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces and the free of netdev queues, so we can be sure they are torn down before netdev is freed, but after there is no ongoing TX. Fixes: 77cfaf52eca5 ("mac80211: Run TXQ teardown code before de-registering interfaces") Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b1c4f683 |
|
06-Oct-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: minstrel: merge with minstrel_ht, always enable VHT support Legacy-only devices are not very common and the overhead of the extra code for HT and VHT rates is not big enough to justify all those extra lines of code to make it optional. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
48f3b9e9 |
|
25-Sep-2018 |
Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> |
mac80211: fix error handling in ieee80211_register_hw() Fix to return a negative error code -ENOMEM from the kmemdup error handling case instead of 0. Fixes: 09b4a4faf9d0 ("mac80211: introduce capability flags for VHT EXT NSS support") Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70e53669 |
|
08-Aug-2018 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Store sk_pacing_shift in ieee80211_hw Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default skb_pacing_shift by storing it in the hardware struct. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> [adjust commit log, move & adjust comment] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
09b4a4fa |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce capability flags for VHT EXT NSS support Depending on whether or not rate control supports selecting rates depending on the bandwidth, we can use VHT extended NSS support. In essence, this is dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable from the spec, since depending on that we'll need to parse the bandwidth. If needed, also set/clear the VHT Capability Element bit for this capability so that we don't advertise it erroneously or don't advertise it when we actually use it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3ffb6c3 |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix a race between restart and CSA flows We hit a problem with iwlwifi that was caused by a bug in mac80211. A bug in iwlwifi caused the firwmare to crash in certain cases in channel switch. Because of that bug, drv_pre_channel_switch would fail and trigger the restart flow. Now we had the hw restart worker which runs on the system's workqueue and the csa_connection_drop_work worker that runs on mac80211's workqueue that can run together. This is obviously problematic since the restart work wants to reconfigure the connection, while the csa_connection_drop_work worker does the exact opposite: it tries to disconnect. Fix this by cancelling the csa_connection_drop_work worker in the restart worker. Note that this can sound racy: we could have: driver iface_work CSA_work restart_work +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ | <--drv_cs ---| <FW CRASH!> -CS FAILED--> | | | cancel_work(CSA) schedule | CSA work | | | Race between those 2 But this is not possible because we flush the workqueue in the restart worker before we cancel the CSA worker. That would be bullet proof if we could guarantee that we schedule the CSA worker only from the iface_work which runs on the workqueue (and not on the system's workqueue), but unfortunately we do have an instance in which we schedule the CSA work outside the context of the workqueue (ieee80211_chswitch_done). Note also that we should probably cancel other workers like beacon_connection_loss_work and possibly others for different types of interfaces, at the very least, IBSS should suffer from the exact same problem, but for now, do the minimum to fix the actual bug that was actually experienced and reproduced. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
21a5d4c3 |
|
10-Jul-2018 |
Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: add stop/start logic for software TXQs Sometimes, it is required to stop the transmissions momentarily and resume it later; stopping the txqs becomes very critical in scenarios where the packet transmission has to be ceased completely. For example, during the hardware restart, during off channel operations, when initiating CSA(upon detecting a radar on the DFS channel), etc. The TX queue stop/start logic in mac80211 works well in stopping the TX when drivers make use of netdev queues, i.e, when Qdiscs in network layer take care of traffic scheduling. Since the devices implementing wake_tx_queue can run without Qdiscs, packets will be handed to mac80211 directly without queueing them in the netdev queues. Also, mac80211 does not invoke any of the netif_stop_*/netif_wake_* APIs if wake_tx_queue is implemented. Since the queues are not stopped in this case, transmissions can continue and this will impact negatively on the operation of the wireless device. For example, During hardware restart, we stop the netdev queues so that packets are not sent to the driver. Since ath10k implements wake_tx_queue, TX queues will not be stopped and packets might reach the hardware while it is restarting; this can make hardware unresponsive and the only possible option for recovery is to reboot the entire system. There is another problem to this, it is observed that the packets were sent on the DFS channel for a prolonged duration after radar detection impacting the channel closing time. We can still invoke netif stop/wake APIs when wake_tx_queue is implemented but this could lead to packet drops in network layer; adding stop/start logic for software TXQs in mac80211 instead makes more sense; the change proposed adds the same in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
67d1ba8a |
|
22-Aug-2018 |
Danek Duvall <duvall@comfychair.org> |
mac80211: correct use of IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_RXSTBC_X The mod mask for VHT capabilities intends to say that you can override the number of STBC receive streams, and it does, but only by accident. The IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_RXSTBC_X aren't bits to be set, but values (albeit left-shifted). ORing the bits together gets the right answer, but we should use the _MASK macro here instead. Signed-off-by: Danek Duvall <duvall@comfychair.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77cfaf52 |
|
13-Aug-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Run TXQ teardown code before de-registering interfaces The TXQ teardown code can reference the vif data structures that are stored in the netdev private memory area if there are still packets on the queue when it is being freed. Since the TXQ teardown code is run after the netdevs are freed, this can lead to a use-after-free. Fix this by moving the TXQ teardown code to earlier in ieee80211_unregister_hw(). Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
41cbb0f5 |
|
09-Jun-2018 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for HE Add support for HE in mac80211 conforming with P802.11ax_D1.4. Johannes: Fix another bug with the buf_size comparison in agg-rx.c. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8042b3d |
|
18-Jun-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
ieee80211: bump IEEE80211_MAX_AMPDU_BUF to support HE Bump the IEEE80211_MAX_AMPDU_BUF size to 0x100 for HE support and - for now - use IEEE80211_MAX_AMPDU_BUF_HT everywhere. This is derived from my internal patch, parts of which Luca had sent upstream. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b9771d41 |
|
28-May-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support scan features for improved scan privacy Support the new random SN and minimal probe request contents scan flags for the case of software scan - for hardware scan the drivers need to opt in, but may need to do only that, depending on their implementation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
dc8b274f |
|
25-May-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Move up init of TXQs On init, ieee80211_if_add() dumps the interface. Since that now includes a dump of the TXQ state, we need to initialise that before the dump happens. So move up the TXQ initialisation to to before the call to ieee80211_if_add(). Fixes: 52539ca89f36 ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace") Reported-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Tested-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
6da2ec56 |
|
12-Jun-2018 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
treewide: kmalloc() -> kmalloc_array() The kmalloc() function has a 2-factor argument form, kmalloc_array(). This patch replaces cases of: kmalloc(a * b, gfp) with: kmalloc_array(a * b, gfp) as well as handling cases of: kmalloc(a * b * c, gfp) with: kmalloc(array3_size(a, b, c), gfp) as it's slightly less ugly than: kmalloc_array(array_size(a, b), c, gfp) This does, however, attempt to ignore constant size factors like: kmalloc(4 * 1024, gfp) though any constants defined via macros get caught up in the conversion. Any factors with a sizeof() of "unsigned char", "char", and "u8" were dropped, since they're redundant. The tools/ directory was manually excluded, since it has its own implementation of kmalloc(). The Coccinelle script used for this was: // Fix redundant parens around sizeof(). @@ type TYPE; expression THING, E; @@ ( kmalloc( - (sizeof(TYPE)) * E + sizeof(TYPE) * E , ...) | kmalloc( - (sizeof(THING)) * E + sizeof(THING) * E , ...) ) // Drop single-byte sizes and redundant parens. @@ expression COUNT; typedef u8; typedef __u8; @@ ( kmalloc( - sizeof(u8) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(__u8) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(char) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(unsigned char) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(u8) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(__u8) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(char) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(unsigned char) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) ) // 2-factor product with sizeof(type/expression) and identifier or constant. @@ type TYPE; expression THING; identifier COUNT_ID; constant COUNT_CONST; @@ ( - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT_ID) + COUNT_ID, sizeof(TYPE) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT_ID + COUNT_ID, sizeof(TYPE) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT_CONST) + COUNT_CONST, sizeof(TYPE) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT_CONST + COUNT_CONST, sizeof(TYPE) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT_ID) + COUNT_ID, sizeof(THING) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT_ID + COUNT_ID, sizeof(THING) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT_CONST) + COUNT_CONST, sizeof(THING) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT_CONST + COUNT_CONST, sizeof(THING) , ...) ) // 2-factor product, only identifiers. @@ identifier SIZE, COUNT; @@ - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - SIZE * COUNT + COUNT, SIZE , ...) // 3-factor product with 1 sizeof(type) or sizeof(expression), with // redundant parens removed. @@ expression THING; identifier STRIDE, COUNT; type TYPE; @@ ( kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT) * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT) * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT) * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT) * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) ) // 3-factor product with 2 sizeof(variable), with redundant parens removed. @@ expression THING1, THING2; identifier COUNT; type TYPE1, TYPE2; @@ ( kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(TYPE2) * COUNT + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(TYPE2)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT) + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(TYPE2)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(THING1) * sizeof(THING2) * COUNT + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(THING1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(THING1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT) + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(THING1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * COUNT + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) | kmalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT) + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) ) // 3-factor product, only identifiers, with redundant parens removed. @@ identifier STRIDE, SIZE, COUNT; @@ ( kmalloc( - (COUNT) * STRIDE * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - COUNT * (STRIDE) * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - COUNT * STRIDE * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - (COUNT) * (STRIDE) * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - COUNT * (STRIDE) * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - (COUNT) * STRIDE * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - (COUNT) * (STRIDE) * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | kmalloc( - COUNT * STRIDE * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) ) // Any remaining multi-factor products, first at least 3-factor products, // when they're not all constants... @@ expression E1, E2, E3; constant C1, C2, C3; @@ ( kmalloc(C1 * C2 * C3, ...) | kmalloc( - (E1) * E2 * E3 + array3_size(E1, E2, E3) , ...) | kmalloc( - (E1) * (E2) * E3 + array3_size(E1, E2, E3) , ...) | kmalloc( - (E1) * (E2) * (E3) + array3_size(E1, E2, E3) , ...) | kmalloc( - E1 * E2 * E3 + array3_size(E1, E2, E3) , ...) ) // And then all remaining 2 factors products when they're not all constants, // keeping sizeof() as the second factor argument. @@ expression THING, E1, E2; type TYPE; constant C1, C2, C3; @@ ( kmalloc(sizeof(THING) * C2, ...) | kmalloc(sizeof(TYPE) * C2, ...) | kmalloc(C1 * C2 * C3, ...) | kmalloc(C1 * C2, ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(TYPE) * (E2) + E2, sizeof(TYPE) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(TYPE) * E2 + E2, sizeof(TYPE) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(THING) * (E2) + E2, sizeof(THING) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - sizeof(THING) * E2 + E2, sizeof(THING) , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - (E1) * E2 + E1, E2 , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - (E1) * (E2) + E1, E2 , ...) | - kmalloc + kmalloc_array ( - E1 * E2 + E1, E2 , ...) ) Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
|
#
2fe4a29a |
|
08-May-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Support the new cfg80211 TXQ stats API This adds support to mac80211 to export TXQ stats via the newly added cfg80211 API. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
018f6fbf |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Send control port frames over nl80211 If userspace requested control port frames to go over 80211, then do so. The control packets are intercepted just prior to delivery of the packet to the underlying network device. Pre-authentication type frames (protocol: 0x88c7) are also forwarded over nl80211. Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db3bdcb9 |
|
28-Mar-2018 |
Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices In the current implementation, mac80211 advertises the support of AP_VLANs based on the driver's support for AP mode; it also blocks encrypted AP_VLAN operation on devices advertising SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL. The implementation seems weird in it's current form and could be often confusing, this is because there can be drivers advertising both SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL and AP mode support (ex: ath10k) in which case AP_VLAN will still be supported but only in open BSS and not in secured BSS. When SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL is enabled, it makes more sense if the decision to support AP_VLANs is left to the driver. Mac80211 can then allow AP_VLAN operations depending on the driver support. Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e7881bd5 |
|
19-Dec-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0973dd45 |
|
19-Dec-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: Add airtime account and scheduling to TXQs" This reverts commit b0d52ad821843a6c5badebd80feef9f871904fa6. We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts with a new driver, and this depends on that API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b0d52ad8 |
|
30-Oct-2017 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add airtime account and scheduling to TXQs This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the respective status structs. When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs (through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k in-driver airtime fairness scheduling. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e937b8da |
|
30-Oct-2017 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows: - The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead, the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq() - Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied). The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2316380f |
|
29-Oct-2017 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: call synchronize_net once in the restart flow Currently the restart flow enables RX back, and then proceeds to tear down RX and TX aggregations. The TX aggregation tear down calls synchronize_net(), which waits for packet receiving to be done. This is done for every session, while RX processing is already active, and in some reproductions it takes up to 3 seconds. Add a call once in the restart_work, before we have traffic active again, and remove the subsequent calls when tearing down the aggregation. This requires to move down the code that turns off the reconfig flag in order to be able to test it in _ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(). Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
34f11cd3 |
|
16-Oct-2017 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Convert timers to use timer_setup() In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer() to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a199068 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: disentangle iflist_mtx and chanctx_mtx At least on iwlwifi, sometimes lockdep complains that we can lock chanctx_mtx -> mvm.mutex -> iflist_mtx (due to iterate_interfaces) and iflist_mtx -> chanctx_mtx Remove the latter dependency in mac80211 by using the RTNL that we already hold in one case, and can relatively easily achieve in the other case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f64331d5 |
|
13-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: keep a separate list of monitor interfaces that are up In addition to keeping monitor interfaces on the regular list of interfaces, keep those that are up and not in cooked mode on a separate list. This saves having to iterate all interfaces when delivering to monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
43071d8f |
|
13-Jan-2017 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: initialize SMPS field in HT capabilities ibss and mesh modes copy the ht capabilites from the band without overriding the SMPS state. Unfortunately the default value 0 for the SMPS field means static SMPS instead of disabled. This results in HT ibss and mesh setups using only single-stream rates, even though SMPS is not supposed to be active. Initialize SMPS to disabled for all bands on ieee80211_hw_register to ensure that the value is sane where it is not overriden with the real SMPS state. Reported-by: Elektra Wagenrad <onelektra@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [move VHT TODO comment to a better place] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3ca52aa |
|
26-Oct-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Claim Fast Initial Link Setup (FILS) STA support With the previous commits, initial FILS authentication/association support is now functional in mac80211-based drivers for station role (and FILS AP case is covered by user space in hostapd withotu requiring mac80211 changes). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3fe4e93 |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add a HW flag for supporting HW TX fragmentation Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set or not. However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation capability depending on HW generation. Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the callback. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> [added the flag to ath10k and wlcore] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
167e33f4 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
708d50ed |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
99ee7cae |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for radiotap timestamp field Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa962b92 |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: implement fair queueing per txq mac80211's software queues were designed to work very closely with device tx queues. They are required to make use of 802.11 packet aggregation easily and efficiently. Due to the way 802.11 aggregation is designed it only makes sense to keep fair queuing as close to hardware as possible to reduce induced latency and inertia and provide the best flow responsiveness. This change doesn't translate directly to immediate and significant gains. End result depends on driver's induced latency. Best results can be achieved if driver keeps its own tx queue/fifo fill level to a minimum. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80a83cfc |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: skip netdev queue control with software queuing Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11 aggregation requirements and hand out packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are destined to the same tid. This does more bad than good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave on an ethernet interface. Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue congestion control whenever a global AC limit was hit. This meant in practice a single station or tid queue could starve others rather easily. This could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could just end up with poor aggregation performance. Increasing the AC limit would increase induced latency which is also bad. Disabling qdiscs by default and performing taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion control on the other hand makes it possible for tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while preventing stations starving each other. This increases aggregation opportunities and should allow software queuing based drivers achieve better performance by utilizing airtime more efficiently with big aggregates. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57fbcce3 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e0352123 |
|
09-Mar-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add NETIF_F_RXCSUM to features white list NETIF_F_RXCSUM is not in the white list, though some drivers may want to set it in order to enable seeing the actual RX checksum status in ethtool. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f278ce4f |
|
09-Mar-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: Set global RRM capability Allow publishing RRM capabilities for features that are not HW dependent. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2bc533bd |
|
05-Jan-2016 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: handle sched_scan_stopped vs. hw restart race On hw restart, mac80211 might try to reconfigure already stopped sched scan, if ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped_work() wasn't scheduled yet. This in turn will keep the device driver with scheduled scan configured, while both mac80211 and cfg80211 will clear their sched scan state once the work is scheduled. Fix it by ignoring ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() calls while in hw restart, and flush the work before starting the reconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
470f4d61 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: avoid ROC during hw restart Defer ROC requests during hw restart, as the driver might not be fully configured in this stage (e.g. channel contexts were not added yet) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
aaa016cc |
|
23-Nov-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rewrite remain-on-channel logic Jouni found a bug in the remain-on-channel logic: when a short item is queued, a long item is combined with it extending the original one, and then the long item is deleted, the timeout doesn't go back to the short one, and the short item ends up taking a long time. In this case, this showed as blocking scan when running two test cases back to back - the scan from the second was delayed even though all the remain-on-channel items should long have been gone. Fixing this with the current data structures turns out to be a bit complicated, we just remove the long item from the dependents list right now and don't recalculate the timeouts. There's a somewhat similar bug where we delete the short item and all the dependents go with it; to fix this we'd have to move them from the dependents to the real list. Instead of trying to do that, rewrite the code to not have all this complexity in the data structures: use a single list and allow more than one entry in it being marked as started. This makes the code a bit more complex, the worker needs to understand that it might need to just remove one of the started items, while keeping the device off-channel, but that's not more complicated than the nested data structures. This then fixes both issues described, and makes it easier to also limit the overall off-channel time when combining. TODO: as before, with hardware remain-on-channel, deleting an item after combining results in cancelling them all - we can keep track of the time elapsed and only cancel after that to fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
90f9ba9b |
|
26-Nov-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: don't advertise NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE" This reverts commit 45bb780a2147b9995f3d288c44ecb87ca8a330e2, the previous two patches fixed the functionality. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
45bb780a |
|
04-Nov-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't advertise NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE For now, this feature doesn't actually work. To avoid shipping a kernel that has it enabled but where it can't be used disable it for now - we can re-enable it when it's fixed. This partially reverts 44674d9c2267 ("mac80211: advertise support for full station state in AP mode"). Cc: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
43d6df00 |
|
25-Oct-2015 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: use freezable workqueue for restart work Requesting hw restart during suspend might result in the restart work being executed after mac80211 and the hw are suspended. Solve the race by simply scheduling the restart work on a freezable workqueue. Note that there can be some cases of reconfiguration on resume (besides the hardware restart): * wowlan is not configured - All the interfaces removed were removed on suspend, and drv_stop() was called. At this point the driver shouldn't expect for hw_restart anyway, so we can simply cancel it (on resume). * wowlan is configured, drv_resume() == 1 There is no definitive expected behavior in this case, as each driver might have different expectations (e.g. setting some flags on suspend/restart vs. not handling spurious recovery). For now, simply let the hw_restart work run again after resume, and hope the driver will handle it well (or at least initiate another hw restart). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3beea351 |
|
14-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove cfg.h The file contains just a single declaration that can easily move to another file - remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a733ef1 |
|
14-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove PM-QoS listener As this API has never really seen any use and most drivers don't ever use the value derived from it, remove it. Change the only driver using it (rt2x00) to simply use the DTIM period instead of the "max sleep" time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
44674d9c |
|
23-Sep-2015 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: advertise support for full station state in AP mode This enables adding stations in unauthenticated mode, just after receiving the first authentication frame; which in turn allows sending a negative authentication reply if the station cannot be added. In addition init rate control for unassociated station only when it becomes associated, prior to that low rates will be used. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8ff71e6 |
|
08-Jul-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: TDLS: handle chan-switch in RTNL locked work Move TDLS channel-switch Rx handling into an RTNL locked work. This is required to add proper regulatory checking to incoming channel-switch requests. Queue incoming requests in a dedicated skb queue and handle the request in a device-specific work to avoid deadlocking on interface removal. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af9f9b22 |
|
11-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30686bf7 |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab499db8 |
|
22-May-2015 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: prevent possible crypto tx tailroom corruption There was a possible race between ieee80211_reconfig() and ieee80211_delayed_tailroom_dec(). This could result in inability to transmit data if driver crashed during roaming or rekeying and subsequent skbs with insufficient tailroom appeared. This race was probably never seen in the wild because a device driver would have to crash AND recover within 0.5s which is very unlikely. I was able to prove this race exists after changing the delay to 10s locally and crashing ath10k via debugfs immediately after GTK rekeying. In case of ath10k the counter went below 0. This was harmless but other drivers which actually require tailroom (e.g. for WEP ICV or MMIC) could end up with the counter at 0 instead of >0 and introduce insufficient skb tailroom failures because mac80211 would not resize skbs appropriately anymore. Fixes: 8d1f7ecd2af5 ("mac80211: defer tailroom counter manipulation when roaming") Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
94c78cb4 |
|
20-May-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix memory leak My recent change here introduced a possible memory leak if the driver registers an invalid cipher schemes. This won't really happen in practice, but fix the leak nonetheless. Fixes: e3a55b5399d55 ("mac80211: validate cipher scheme PN length better") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3a55b53 |
|
05-May-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: validate cipher scheme PN length better Currently, a cipher scheme can advertise an arbitrarily long sequence counter, but mac80211 only supports up to 16 bytes and the initial value from userspace will be truncated. Fix two things: * don't allow the driver to register anything longer than the 16 bytes that mac80211 reserves space for * require userspace to specify a starting value with the correct length (or none at all) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d5c2585 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make LED triggering depend on activation When LED triggers are compiled in, but not used, mac80211 will still call them to update the status. This isn't really a problem for the assoc and radio ones, but the TX/RX (and to a certain extend TPT) ones can be called very frequently (for every packet.) In order to avoid that when they're not used, track their activation and call the corresponding trigger (and in the TPT case, account for throughput) only when the trigger is actually used by an LED. Additionally, make those trigger functions inlines since theyre only used once in the remaining code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
df140465 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted, frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the monitor mode support should be used instead. Removing it removes a lot of corner cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80616c0d |
|
14-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow segmentation offloads Implement the necessary software segmentation on the normal TX path so that fast-xmit can use segmentation offload if the hardware (or driver) supports it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
680a0dab |
|
13-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to support S/G If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for that being possible.) However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize(). Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the code in mac80211 at all anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba8c3d6f |
|
27-Mar-2015 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7bedd0cf |
|
13-Feb-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use rhashtable for station table We currently have a hand-rolled table with 256 entries and are using the last byte of the MAC address as the hash. This hash is obviously very fast, but collisions are easily created and we waste a lot of space in the common case of just connecting as a client to an AP where we just have a single station. The other common case of an AP is also suboptimal due to the size of the hash table and the ease of causing collisions. Convert all of this to use rhashtable with jhash, which gives us the advantage of a far better hash function (with random perturbation to avoid hash collision attacks) and of course that the hash table grows and shrinks dynamically with chain length, improving both cases above. Use a specialised hash function (using jhash, but with fixed length) to achieve better compiler optimisation as suggested by Sergey Ryazanov. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6bab2e19 |
|
18-Mar-2015 |
Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> |
cfg80211: pass name_assign_type to rdev_add_virtual_intf() This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc) is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be able to reliably tell the difference. Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in commit 5517750f058e ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type") Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com> Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com> Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> [reformat changelog to fit 72 cols] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
abfbc3af |
|
25-Feb-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove TX latency measurement code Revert commit ad38bfc916da ("mac80211: Tx frame latency statistics") (along with some follow-up fixes). This code turned out not to be as useful in the current form as we thought, and we've internally hacked it up more, but that's not very suitable for upstream (for now), and we might just do that with tracing instead. Therefore, for now at least, remove this code. We might also need to use the skb->tstamp field for the TCP performance issue, which is more important than the debugging. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ade538b |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
56c52da2 |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add BIP-CMAC-256 cipher This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-CMAC-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b2ba0db |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add CCMP-256 cipher This allows mac80211 to configure CCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [squash ccmp256 -> mic_len argument change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00b9cfa3 |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa7e1fbc |
|
22-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to control software crypto Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but mac80211 currently assumes that they do. This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the key setting refused. Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1. The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers that the driver can't actually do. While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
54330bf6 |
|
21-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix HW registration error paths Station info state is started in allocation, so should be destroyed on free (it's just a timer); rate control must be freed if anything afterwards fails to initialize. LED exit should be later, no need for locking there, but it needs to be done also when rate init failed. Also clean up the code by moving a label so the locking doesn't have to be done separately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
848955cc |
|
10-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support, move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the fly if needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a4d32f3 |
|
09-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7a6bdd0 |
|
09-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b5dfae02 |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: support creating vifs with specified mac address This is useful when creating virtual interfaces. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e27513fb |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: support creating wiphy w/out creating wlanX This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the vifs as needed, and named as expected. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad28757e |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name. This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control over virtual radio creation/deletion. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
486cf4c0 |
|
09-Oct-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: enable DFS with channel contexts It is okay to enable DFS for channel contexts based drivers as long as no combination advertises radar detection and multi-channel operation at the same time. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e9a21949 |
|
08-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add extended channel switching capability if the driver supports CSA The Extended Channel Switching capability bit in the extended capabilities element must be set if the driver supports CSA on non-beaconing interfaces. Since this capability needs to be set during driver registration, the extended_capabiliities global variable needs to be moved to the local structure so that it can be modified. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d98ad83e |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright notice. For files that we have modified in the time since the change, add the proper copyright notice now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cca07b00 |
|
13-Jun-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce refcount for queue_stop_reasons Sometimes different vifs may be stopping the queues for the same reason (e.g. when several interfaces are performing a channel switch). Instead of using a bitmask for the reasons, use an integer that holds a refcount instead. In order to keep it backwards compatible, introduce a boolean in some functions that tell us whether the queue stopping should be refcounted or not. For now, use not refcounted for all calls to keep it functionally the same as before. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
20edb50e |
|
30-May-2014 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove PID rate control Minstrel has long since proven its worth. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d06d9ba |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Support multiple CSA counters Support up to IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM csa counters. This is defined to be 2 now, to support both CSA and eCSA counters. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8bd811aa |
|
20-Apr-2014 |
Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> |
mac80211: change return value of notifier function Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's the formal way to do it. Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9a07bf50 |
|
15-Apr-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Allow HT capa override to add 40 MHz intolerant This can be useful for testing purposes to confirm valid AP behavior on HT 20/40 co-existence functionality. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
764152ff |
|
10-Apr-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: exclude AP_VLAN interfaces from tx power calculation Their power value is initialized to zero. This patch fixes an issue where the configured power drops to the minimum value when AP_VLAN interfaces are created/removed. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
990baec0 |
|
08-Apr-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: suppress BSS info change notifications for AP_VLAN Fixes warnings on tx power changes Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a2e7495d |
|
31-Mar-2014 |
Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com> |
mac80211: Allow disabling LDPC This allows user-space (wpa_supplicant) to disable LDPC coding. Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06d181a8 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add NAPI support back NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in commit 4e6cbfd09c66 in July 2010), but then removed years later (by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6c7 in February 2013). No driver ever used it, so that was fine. Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive(). Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when NAPI support was removed. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
52512072 |
|
19-Jan-2014 |
andrea merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add check on hw->max_signal value on ieee80211_register_hw When IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC is set, mac80211 will perform a division by max_signal in ieee80211_bss_info_update. If max_signal is not properly set by the driver (for example it is zero) this leads to a divide error and crash. Thanks to Larry Finger, who pointed me to this. This patch adds in ieee80211_register_hw one more check to detect this condition and eventually returns -EINVAL, as already done for other checks already performed there. Signed-off-by: andrea merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com> [move to an already existing SIGNAL_UNSPEC check] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b0ec94f |
|
06-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix memory leak in register_hw() error path Move the internal scan request allocation below the last sanity check in ieee80211_register_hw() to avoid leaking memory if the sanity check actually triggers. Reported-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d43c6b6e |
|
08-Dec-2013 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: reschedule sched scan after HW restart Keep the sched scan req when starting sched scan, and reschedule it in case of HW restart during sched scan. The upper layer don't have to know about the restart. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad38bfc9 |
|
18-Nov-2013 |
Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com> |
mac80211: Tx frame latency statistics Measure TX latency and jitter statistics per station per TID. These Measurements are disabled by default and can be enabled via debugfs. Features included for each station's TID: 1. Keep count of the maximum and average latency of Tx frames. 2. Keep track of many frames arrived in a specific time range (need to enable through debugfs and configure the bins ranges) Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2475b1cc |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
24d47300 |
|
19-Nov-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: set hw initial idle state ATM, the first call of ieee80211_do_open will configure the hw as non-idle, even if the interface being brought up is not a monitor, and this leads to inconsistent sequences like: register_hw() do_open(sta) hw_config(non-idle) (.. sta is non-idle ..) scan(sta) hw_config(idle) (after scan finishes) do_stop(sta) do_open(sta) (.. sta is idle ..) Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18db594a |
|
06-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix scheduled scan rtnl deadlock When changing cfg80211 to use RTNL locking, this caused a deadlock in mac80211 as it calls cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() from a work item that's on a workqueue that is flushed with the RTNL held. Fix this by simply using schedule_work(), the work only needs to finish running before the wiphy is unregistered, no other synchronisation (e.g. with suspend) is really required since for suspend userspace is already blocked anyway when we flush the workqueue so will only pick up the event after resume. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 5fe231e87372 ("cfg80211: vastly simplify locking") Reported-and-tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1fb90260 |
|
21-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move setting WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN into drivers mac80211 currently sets WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN based on whether the start_sched_scan operation is supported or not, but that will not be correct for all drivers, we're adding scheduled scan to the iwlmvm driver but it depends on firmware support. Therefore, move setting WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN into the drivers so that they can control it regardless of implementing the operation. This currently only affects the TI drivers since they're the only ones implementing scheduled scan (in a mac80211 driver.) Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7ca15a0a |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: allow scanning for 5/10 MHz channels in IBSS Use a chandef instead of just the channel for scanning, and enable 5/10 Mhz scanning for IBSS mode. Also reporting is changed to the new inform_bss functions. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
0430c883 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use reduced txpower for 5 and 10 MHz Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz) when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
d8537548 |
|
03-Jul-2013 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
drivers: avoid format strings in names passed to alloc_workqueue() For the workqueue creation interfaces that do not expect format strings, make sure they cannot accidently be parsed that way. Additionally, clean up calls made with a single parameter that would be handled as a format string. Many callers are passing potentially dynamic string content, so use "%s" in those cases to avoid any potential accidents. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
964dc9e2 |
|
03-Jun-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: take WoWLAN support information out of wiphy struct There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d61ffa5 |
|
09-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use cfg80211 wdev mutex in mac80211 Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc. Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211 that the state changed (in another way.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fffa4b1c |
|
15-Apr-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: adjust initial chandefs assignments in ieee80211_register_hw I noticed that monitor interfaces by default would start on 5GHz while STA/AP ones would start 2GHZ - It stems from the fact that ieee80211_register_hw unnecessarily adjusts the local->monitor_chandef for each band. This avoids this and while at it uses a single dflt_chandef to initialize in one go local->{hw.conf.chandef,_oper_chandef,monitor_chandef} Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0e6c21a |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: let drivers not supporting channel contexts use VHT It is possible since the global hw config and local switched to cfg80211_chan_def. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
675a0b04 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
219c3867 |
|
22-Jan-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set default uAPSD parameters mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger- and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length. Allow drivers to change these default settings since different uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and be able to recover from some errors. Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are trigger- and delivery-enabled, see http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577. We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this bug any more. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
445ea4e8 |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop queues temporarily for flushing Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of operation, which can lead to driver issues. Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to avoid transmitting new packets while they are being flushed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
511044ea |
|
07-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove a few set but unused variables Found by compiling with W=1. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e943789e |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6dad6a2 |
|
04-Mar-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support userspace MPM Earlier mac80211 would check whether some kind of mesh security was enabled, when the real question was "is the MPM in userspace"? Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30c97120 |
|
28-Feb-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove napi Since two years no mac80211 driver implement support for NAPI. Looks this feature is unneeded, so remove it from generic mac80211 code. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dd5ecfea |
|
21-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support VHT capability overrides Support the cfg80211 API to override VHT capabilities on association. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9475af6e |
|
27-Feb-2013 |
Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> |
mac80211: convert to idr_alloc() Convert to the much saner new idr interface. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
bf7cd94d |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code There's various code with strange indentation, questionable loop and locking constructs, etc. The bigger change is moving the "sdata" argument to the first argument of all functions, like all other mac80211 functions that have one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
932dd97c |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: renumber NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE Adding the flag to mac80211 already without testing was clearly a mistake, one that we now pay for by having to reserve bit 13 forever. The problem is cfg80211 doesn't allow capability/rate changes for station entries that were added unassociated, so the station entries cannot be set up properly when marked associated. Change the NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE value to make it clear to userspace implementations that all current kernels don't actually support it, even though the previous bit is set, and of course also remove the flag from mac80211 until we test and fix the issues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c6f9d6c3 |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: advertise operating mode notification capability Use the new extended capabilities advertising to advertise the fact that operating mode notification is supported. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
164eb02d |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1e3e051 |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_SCAN_WHILE_IDLE There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and all of those don't need a non-idle transition before starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it. The only driver that really actually needed this is wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan callback -- implement that. Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9e124fb |
|
04-Feb-2013 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: protect rx-path with spinlock This patch fixes the problem which was discussed in "mac80211: Fix PN corruption in case of multiple virtual interface" [1]. Amit Shakya reported a serious issue with my patch: mac80211: serialize rx path workers" [2]: In case, ieee80211_rx_handlers processing is going on for skbs received on one vif and at the same time, rx aggregation reorder timer expires on another vif then sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired is invoked and it will push skbs into the single queue (local->rx_skb_queue). ieee80211_rx_handlers in the while loop assumes that the skbs are for the same sdata and sta. This assumption doesn't hold good in this scenario and the PN gets corrupted by PN received in other vif's skb, causing traffic to stop due to PN mismatch." [1] Message-Id: http://mid.gmane.org/201302041844.44436.chunkeey@googlemail.com [2] Commit-Id: 24a8fdad35835e8d71f7 Reported-by: Amit Shakya <amit.shakya@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a65240c1 |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information To be able to implement NS response offloading (in regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces. Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the driver when addresses change. Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is more flexible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0f19b41e |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d582cffb |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: support full station state in AP mode Today, stations are added already associated. That is inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room for stations any more because then the station will go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to be kicked out afterwards. To address this a bit better, at least with drivers using the new station state callback, allow hostapd to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus if there's no more space at that point, it can send a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle later state transition errors though, of course. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad2d223a |
|
14-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: assign bss_conf.bssid only once Instead of checking every time bss_info_changed is called, assign the pointer once depending on the interface type and then leave it untouched until the interface type is changed. This makes the ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() now a simple wrapper to call the driver only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8dc1a35 |
|
14-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: further simplify ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify The special case in the function isn't really needed, instead make the suspend code a bit better and also easier to understand and move the warning into the driver op wrapper inline. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d6a83228 |
|
14-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track enable_beacon explicitly Instead of calculating in ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() whether beaconing should be enabled or not, set it in the correct places in the callers. This simplifies the logic in this function at the expense of offchannel, but is also more robust. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bc0784d9 |
|
12-Dec-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Allow disabling SGI-20 This allows user-space (wpa_supplicant) to disable short guard interval (SGI) for 20Mhz. The SGI-40 disable option is already handled. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
41e31b8b |
|
29-Nov-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
mac80211: allow userspace registration for probe requests in IBSS This change allows userspace to register for probe request frames on an IBSS interface. Userspace then has to handle them and send replies. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
51648921 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap. This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4bf88530 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42d97a59 |
|
08-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it. This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations right now. Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code by removing the ability to use different channel types. Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if we extend it again later (with the needed capability flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cfff2f99 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix memory leak in device registration error path If the cipher suites need to be allocated, but this allocation fails, this leaks the internal scan request. Fix that by going to the correct error handling label. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ea6f9c0 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
746a3365 |
|
22-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix WDS channel context test WDS is (currently) not allowed when channel contexts are *supported*, not when they're *not* supported. Fix the inverted test. Reported-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com> Tested-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c95b940 |
|
16-Oct-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> |
nl/cfg80211: force scan using an AP vif if requested If the user wants to scan using a vif configured as AP, cfg80211 must give him a chance to do it, even if this will disrupt the stations performance due to off-channel scanning. To do so, this patch adds a 'force' flag to the SCAN_TRIGGER command which tells cfg80211 to perform the scanning operation even if the vif is an AP and the beaconing has already started. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd2bb512 |
|
11-Oct-2012 |
Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> |
mac80211: add support for tx to abort low priority scan requests Use NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag in mac80211's scan state machine to prematurely terminate scan operations if outbound traffic collides. This is useful for marking background scans so they don't affect throughput. Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [set feature flag only if software scan is used] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b292219f |
|
12-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: use OR operation to set wiphy features The next patch will introduce a flag that is set by default in cfg80211 so drivers and mac80211 need to use |= to set features they have so that they don't clear the already-set feature. We could set the flag in wiphy_register() instead of wiphy_new() to avoid this patch, but then the drivers couldn't *unset* flags they don't want to use even though the implementation is generic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d4950281 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
ieee80211: Rename VHT cap struct Rename struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities to ieee80211_vht_cap and renamed its member vht_capabilities_info to vht_cap_info. Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6b8ece3a |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Allow station mode SAE to be implemented in user space SAE uses two rounds of Authentication frames and both rounds require considerable calculation to be done. This commit extends the existing station mode authentication request to allow more control for user space programs to build the SAE fields and to run the authentication step ones. Only the second round with authentication transaction sequence 2 will result in moving to authenticated state. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04ecd257 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55de908a |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use channel contexts Instead of operating on a single channel only, use the new channel context infrastructure in all mac80211 code. This enables drivers that want to use the new channel context infrastructure to use multiple channels, while nothing should change for all the other drivers that don't support it. Right now this disables both TX power settings and spatial multiplexing powersave. Both need to be re-enabled on a channel context basis. Additionally, when channel contexts are used drop the connection when channel switch is received rather than trying to handle it. This will have to be improved later. [With fixes from Eliad and Emmanuel incorporated] Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fe57d9f5 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track whether to use channel contexts Depending on the driver, channel contexts may be used or not. If they are used, the driver must have support for hardware scan and remain-on-channel; otherwise the driver must not advertise support for multiple channels. Also prohibit WDS type interfaces when channel contexts are to be used as there's no clear definition of which channel they use. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e269d860 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check channel context methods Verify that the channel context methods are all assigned by the driver or not used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d01a1e65 |
|
26-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5d8e4237 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: change locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps Make the function acquire the necessary mutex itself to simplify the callers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04b7b2ff |
|
05-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle power constraint/country IE better Currently, mac80211 uses the power constraint IE, and reduces the regulatory max TX power by it. This can cause issues if the AP is advertising a large power constraint value matching a high TX power in its country IE, for example in this case: ... Country: US Environment: Indoor/Outdoor ... Channels [157 - 157] @ 30 dBm ... Power constraint: 13 dB ... What happened here is that our local regulatory TX power is 15 dBm, and gets reduced by 13 dB so we end up with only 2 dBm effective TX power, which is way too low. Instead, handle the country IE/power constraint IE combined and restrict our TX power to the max of the regulatory power and the maximum power advertised by the AP, in this case 17 dBm (= 30 dBm - 13 dB). Also print a message when this happens to let the user know and help us debug issues with it. Reported-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com> Tested-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c0af0734 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert ops checks to WARN_ON There's no need to BUG_ON when a driver registers invalid operations, warn and return an error. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f142c6b9 |
|
18-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support P2P Device abstraction After cfg80211 got a P2P Device abstraction, add support to mac80211. Whether it really is supported or not will depend on whether or not the driver has support for it, but mac80211 needs to change to be able to support drivers that need a P2P Device. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5260a5b2 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track scheduled scan virtual interface Instead of tracking whether or not we're in a scheduled scan, track the virtual interface (sdata) in an RCU-protected pointer to make it usable from RX to check the MAC address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb831b53 |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove tx_frags driver callback The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to not handling queue stop, and there's no driver implementing it so remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba0afa2f |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
mac80211: include VHT capability IE in probe requests Insert the VHT capability IE into probe requests. Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dfb89c56 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: don't allow WoWLAN support without CONFIG_PM When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the hardware registration. By making all the code and data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote this runtime error to a compile-time error. Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in systems that don't need it as they never suspend. Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3bfda62c |
|
19-Jun-2012 |
Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org> |
mac80211: Allow userspace to register for auth frames in IBSS Set the necessary flags to allow user space applications to register for authentication frames on IBSS interfaces. This is useful for situations where userspace applications want to control key negotiation between stations. Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org> [reword commit message a bit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04800ada |
|
06-Jun-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: stop Rx during HW reconfig While HW reconfig is in progress, drop all incoming Rx. This prevents incoming packets from changing the internal state of the driver or calling callbacks of the low level driver while it is in inconsistent state. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2eb278e0 |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of the generic off-channel work concept, replacing it with a simple remain-on-channel list. This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC implementation: * offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued, now we can queue it as well, if needed * in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new queue to handle that case -- I expect that it will later depend on a HW flag The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt TX request while HW roc is active, and this new request has a wait time, we actually schedule a software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the existing offloaded ROC will still be that long. To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed. The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later but for now use a software implementation. Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the offloaded and software-implemented case as much as possible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72d78728 |
|
10-May-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be propagated to every netdev created from this HW. The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW checksumming. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ac55d2fe |
|
10-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield) to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set which radiotap MCS details they report. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8a690674 |
|
17-Apr-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support on-channel scan option. This based on an idea posted by Stanislaw Gruszka, though I accept full blame for the implementation! This has been tested with ath9k. The idea is to let users scan on the current operating channel without interrupting normal traffic more than absolutely necessary (changing power level might reset some hardware, for instance). Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3a25a8c8 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
81ddbb5c |
|
26-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't always advertise remain-on-channel Not all devices are really capable of implementing remain-on-channel, even if it is implemented in SW, as they can't necessarily deal with channel changes while associated. Remove the WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL and add it only if either the driver has remain_on_channel implemented in the driver/device. Also add it to all drivers that advertise P2P right now since those definitely have to have it working. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b603c03e |
|
18-Mar-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: remove outdated comment The on-oper-channel optimization was reverted, so remove the outdated comment as well. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dc41e4d4 |
|
14-Mar-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: make uapsd_* keys per-vif uapsd_queues and uapsd_max_sp_len are relevant only for managed interfaces, and can be configured differently for each vif. Move them from the local struct to sdata->u.mgd, and update the debugfs functions accordingly. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
005e472b |
|
26-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove local_to_hw That's a lot longer than open-coding it and doesn't really add value, so just remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b57e6b56 |
|
09-Feb-2012 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Fix a rwlock bad magic bug read_lock(&tpt_trig->trig.leddev_list_lock) is accessed via the path ieee80211_open (->) ieee80211_do_open (->) ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig (->) ieee80211_start_tpt_led_trig (->) tpt_trig_timer before initializing it. the intilization of this read/write lock happens via the path ieee80211_led_init (->) led_trigger_register, but we are doing 'ieee80211_led_init' after 'ieeee80211_if_add' where we register netdev_ops. so we access leddev_list_lock before initializing it and causes the following bug in chrome laptops with AR928X cards with the following script while true do sudo modprobe -v ath9k sleep 3 sudo modprobe -r ath9k sleep 3 done BUG: rwlock bad magic on CPU#1, wpa_supplicant/358, f5b9eccc Pid: 358, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted 3.0.13 #1 Call Trace: [<8137b9df>] rwlock_bug+0x3d/0x47 [<81179830>] do_raw_read_lock+0x19/0x29 [<8137f063>] _raw_read_lock+0xd/0xf [<f9081957>] tpt_trig_timer+0xc3/0x145 [mac80211] [<f9081f3a>] ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig+0x152/0x174 [mac80211] [<f9076a3f>] ieee80211_do_open+0x11e/0x42e [mac80211] [<f9075390>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x26/0x13c [mac80211] [<f9076d97>] ieee80211_open+0x48/0x4c [mac80211] [<812dbed8>] __dev_open+0x82/0xab [<812dc0c9>] __dev_change_flags+0x9c/0x113 [<812dc1ae>] dev_change_flags+0x18/0x44 [<8132144f>] devinet_ioctl+0x243/0x51a [<81321ba9>] inet_ioctl+0x93/0xac [<812cc951>] sock_ioctl+0x1c6/0x1ea [<812cc78b>] ? might_fault+0x20/0x20 [<810b1ebb>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x46e/0x4a2 [<810a6ebb>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0x70 [<812ce549>] ? sys_recvmsg+0x3e/0x48 [<810b1f35>] sys_ioctl+0x46/0x69 [<8137fa77>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x2 Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: Gary Morain <gmorain@google.com> Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com> Cc: Abhijit Pradhan <abhijit@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Tested-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
885bd8ec |
|
02-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support hw scan while idle Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan. However, some devices that implement hw scan might not need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine. (Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off) Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
66e67e41 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign auth/assoc This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign, the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so that we don't flip channels all the time etc. The only downside is that when we are associated, we need to drop the association in order to create a connection to another AP, but for most drivers this is actually desirable and the ability to do was never used by any applications. If we want to implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f09603a2 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a48b13ac |
|
11-Jan-2012 |
Hong Wu <Hong.Wu@dspg.com> |
mac80211: Fix the maximum transmit power with power constraint The local maximum transmit power for a channel is defined as the maximum regulatory transmission power minus the local power constraint specified for the channel in the Power Constraint element. (7.3.2.15 IEEE80211 2007) Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
53d69c39 |
|
12-Dec-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: don't check sdata_running in vif notifier The ip address of the vif can be set even before the vif is up. requiring the vif to be up in the vif notifier makes the notifer ignore this event, which causes wrong arp filter configuration later on. Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cd6c524e |
|
11-Dec-2011 |
Dmitry TARNYAGIN <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com> |
mac80211: Do not request FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC for HW scan. ieee80211_configure_filter code used local->scanning as a boolean value when it was a bit mask. Bits SCAN_COMPLETED, SCAN_ABORTED should not set FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC filter. SCAN_HW_SCANNING should not set FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC either, as there is no explicit filter configuration request from scan code. If a driver requires FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC mode during HW scanning, it's up to the driver to temporary enable it. Similar mistake was fixed also in ieee80211_hw_config (power configuration code). Verified-by: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@sonyericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
13c40c54 |
|
30-Nov-2011 |
Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Add HT operation modes for IBSS The HT mode is set by iw (previous patchsets). The interface is set into the specified HT mode. HT mode and capabilities are announced in beacons. If we add a station that uses HT also, the fastest matching HT mode will be used for transmission. That means if we are using HT40+ and we add a station running on HT40-, we would transfer at HT20. If we join an IBSS with HT40, but the secondary channel is not available, we will fall back into HT20 as well. Allow frame aggregation to start in IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> [siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates] * remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions * use rate_control_rate_init() if channel type changed * remove channel flags check * activate HT IBSS feature support * slightly reword commit message * rebase on wireless-testing Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e76aadc5 |
|
29-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: revert on-channel work optimisations The on-channel work optimisations have caused a number of issues, and the code is unfortunately very complex and almost impossible to follow. Instead of attempting to put in more workarounds let's just remove those optimisations, we can work on them again later, after we change the whole auth/assoc design. This should fix rate_control_send_low() warnings, see RH bug 731365. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c72e8d33 |
|
30-Nov-2011 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: fill rate filter for internal scan requests The rates bitmap for internal scan requests shoud be filled, otherwise there will be probe requests with zero rates supported. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ef96a842 |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support ht-cap over-rides. This implements ht-cap over-rides for mac80211 drivers. HT may be disabled, making an /a/b/g/n station act like an a/b/g station. HT40 may be disabled forcing the station to be HT20 even if the AP and local hardware support HT40. MAX-AMSDU may be disabled. AMPDU-Density may be increased. AMPDU-Factor may be decreased. This has been successfully tested with ath9k using patched wpa_supplicant and iw. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7c4ef712 |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add flags for off-channel capabilities Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices, but given restrictions of some devices that isn't really true, so prepare for being able to remove the capability for some mac80211 devices. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
11127e91 |
|
16-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: transmit fragment list to drivers Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets much easier when they get the entire list of fragments at once. The only thing they need to do is keep enough space on the queues for up to ten fragments of a single MSDU. This allows them to implement this with a new operation tx_frags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a729cff8 |
|
06-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement wifi TX status Implement the socket wifi TX status error queue reflection in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ee971924 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: report OBSS beacons If there's an interface in AP mode, OBSS beacons are needed by hostapd/wpa_s to implement logic to enable/disable protection etc. Report the frames and set the capability flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0b62ffb5 |
|
03-Nov-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove useless brackets in ieee80211_cfg_on_oper_channel Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5e5202a4 |
|
03-Nov-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove uneeded scan_chan variable Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a2fe8166 |
|
11-Oct-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Build TX radiotap header dynamically Get rid of the ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr struct and instead build the rtap header dynamically. This makes it easier to extend the rtap header generation in the future. Add ieee80211_tx_radiotap_len to calculate the expected size of the rtap header before generating it. Since we can't check if the rtap header fits into the requested headroom during compile time anymore add a WARN_ON_ONCE. Also move the actual rtap header generation into its own function. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37fbd908 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dfe018bf |
|
28-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: handle TDLS high-level commands and frames Register and implement the TDLS cfg80211 callback functions. Internally prepare and send TDLS management frames. We incorporate local STA capabilities and supported rates with extra IEs given by usermode. The resulting packet is either encapsulated in a data frame, or assembled as an action frame. It is transmitted either directly or through the AP, as mandated by the TDLS specification. Declare support for the TDLS external setup wiphy capability. This tells usermode to handle link setup and discovery on its own, and use the kernel driver for sending TDLS mgmt packets. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e8db0be1 |
|
25-Aug-2011 |
Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com> |
PM QoS: Move and rename the implementation files The PM QoS implementation files are better named kernel/power/qos.c and include/linux/pm_qos.h. The PM QoS support is compiled under the CONFIG_PM option. Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com> Acked-by: markgross <markgross@thegnar.org> Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
#
ecb44335 |
|
12-Aug-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: fix suspend/resume races with unregister hw Do not call ->suspend, ->resume methods after we unregister wiphy. Also delete sta_clanup timer after we finish wiphy unregister to avoid this: WARNING: at lib/debugobjects.c:262 debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0() Hardware name: 6369CTO ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: timer_list hint: sta_info_cleanup+0x0/0x180 [mac80211] Modules linked in: aes_i586 aes_generic fuse bridge stp llc autofs4 sunrpc cpufreq_ondemand acpi_cpufreq mperf ext2 dm_mod uinput thinkpad_acpi hwmon sg arc4 rt2800usb rt2800lib crc_ccitt rt2x00usb rt2x00lib mac80211 cfg80211 i2c_i801 iTCO_wdt iTCO_vendor_support e1000e ext4 mbcache jbd2 sd_mod crc_t10dif sr_mod cdrom yenta_socket ahci libahci pata_acpi ata_generic ata_piix i915 drm_kms_helper drm i2c_algo_bit video [last unloaded: microcode] Pid: 5663, comm: pm-hibernate Not tainted 3.1.0-rc1-wl+ #19 Call Trace: [<c0454cfd>] warn_slowpath_common+0x6d/0xa0 [<c05e05e5>] ? debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0 [<c05e05e5>] ? debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0 [<c0454dae>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2e/0x30 [<c05e05e5>] debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0 [<f8a808e0>] ? sta_info_alloc+0x1a0/0x1a0 [mac80211] [<c05e0bd2>] debug_check_no_obj_freed+0xe2/0x180 [<c051175b>] kfree+0x8b/0x150 [<f8a126ae>] cfg80211_dev_free+0x7e/0x90 [cfg80211] [<f8a13afd>] wiphy_dev_release+0xd/0x10 [cfg80211] [<c068d959>] device_release+0x19/0x80 [<c05d06ba>] kobject_release+0x7a/0x1c0 [<c07646a8>] ? rtnl_unlock+0x8/0x10 [<f8a13adb>] ? wiphy_resume+0x6b/0x80 [cfg80211] [<c05d0640>] ? kobject_del+0x30/0x30 [<c05d1a6d>] kref_put+0x2d/0x60 [<c05d056d>] kobject_put+0x1d/0x50 [<c08015f4>] ? mutex_lock+0x14/0x40 [<c068d60f>] put_device+0xf/0x20 [<c069716a>] dpm_resume+0xca/0x160 [<c04912bd>] hibernation_snapshot+0xcd/0x260 [<c04903df>] ? freeze_processes+0x3f/0x90 [<c049151b>] hibernate+0xcb/0x1e0 [<c048fdc0>] ? pm_async_store+0x40/0x40 [<c048fe60>] state_store+0xa0/0xb0 [<c048fdc0>] ? pm_async_store+0x40/0x40 [<c05d0200>] kobj_attr_store+0x20/0x30 [<c0575ea4>] sysfs_write_file+0x94/0xf0 [<c051e26a>] vfs_write+0x9a/0x160 [<c0575e10>] ? sysfs_open_file+0x200/0x200 [<c051e3fd>] sys_write+0x3d/0x70 [<c080959f>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
39e68712 |
|
05-Aug-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Don't use a buf_size=0 in ADDBA requests According to 802.11-2007, 7.3.1.14 it is compliant to use a buf_size of 0 in ADDBA requests. But some devices (AVM Fritz Stick N) arn't able to handle that correctly and will reply with an ADDBA reponse with a buf_size of 0 which in turn will disallow BA sessions for these devices. To work around this problem, initialize hw.max_tx_aggregation_subframes to the maximum AMPDU buffer size 0x40. Using 0 as default for the bufsize was introduced in commit 5dd36bc933e8be84f8369ac64505a2938f9ce036 (mac80211: allow advertising correct maximum aggregate size). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d07c7cf4 |
|
14-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add missing rcu_barrier mac80211 uses call_rcu() with functions that are defined in the module, so it must use rcu_barrier() at module exit time. Luckily, this seems to not be a problem in practice as module unload and unregistration takes a long time and probably does multiple synchronize_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e621fc9 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: verify IBSS in interface combinations Drivers shouldn't attempt to advertise support for more than one IBSS interface since mac80211 doesn't support that. Check and return an error from ieee80211_register_hw() in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
40b275b6 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: sparse RCU annotations This adds sparse RCU annotations to most of mac80211, only the mesh code remains to be done. Due the the previous patches, the annotations are pretty simple. The only thing that this actually changes is removing the RCU usage of key->sta in debugfs since this pointer isn't actually an RCU-managed pointer (it only has a single assignment done before the key even goes live). As that is otherwise harmless, I decided to make it part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7527a782 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: advertise possible interface combinations Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211. This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all). When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using the info should do if the kernel didn't export it). Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
85a9994a |
|
12-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: avoid bounce back mac->cfg->mac on sched_scan_stopped When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag "driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not between mac80211 and cfg80211. To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from cfg80211 to mac80211. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
79f460ca |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
38bb3e9d |
|
05-May-2011 |
Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> |
mac80211: Fix build error when CONFIG_PM is not defined When mac80211 is built without CONFIG_PM being defined, the following errors are output: net/mac80211/main.c: In function ‘ieee80211_register_hw’: net/mac80211/main.c:700: error: ‘const struct ieee80211_ops’ has no member named ‘suspend’ net/mac80211/main.c:700: error: ‘const struct ieee80211_ops’ has no member named ‘resume’ make[2]: *** [net/mac80211/main.o] Error 1 make[1]: *** [net/mac80211] Error 2 make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs.... make: *** [net] Error 2 Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eecc4800 |
|
04-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f0dc7999 |
|
03-May-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Remove unused wiphy flag The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is being used. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
40db6c77 |
|
21-Apr-2011 |
Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> |
cfg80211: module_param to disable HT40 in 2.4GHz band Currently mac80211 uses ieee80211_disable_40mhz_24ghz module parameter to allow disabling 40MHz operation in the 2.4GHz band. Move this handling from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that the feature will be more generic. Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1570ca59 |
|
07-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: send notification on new peer candidate for our secure mesh Also, advertise support for mesh authentication. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
71839121 |
|
07-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Let user space receive and send mesh auth/deauth frames Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
26d59535 |
|
01-Apr-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up station cleanup timer We currently run this timer exactly once when a new mac80211 device is registered, but that is completely pointless since it will have no work to do at all. Therefore, remove that and also simplify some code using the timer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b196d031 |
|
07-Mar-2011 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
mac80211: Add log message to ieee80211_restart_hw() Add a log message to ieee80211_restart_hw() to highlight that special codepath in the logs. This helps debugging bugs in the rarely tested restart code. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8ba0537c |
|
16-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix 2.4 GHz 40 MHz disabling The module parameter ieee80211_disable_40mhz_24ghz was meant to allow disabling 40 MHz operation in the 2.4 GHz band by default. However, it is buggy as implemented because while it advertises to the AP that the device doesn't support 40 MHz, it will itself still use 40 MHz configurations. To fix this, clear the 40 MHz bits from the sband completely instead of overriding where used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
59bdf3b0 |
|
07-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Ensure power-level set properly for scanning. My previous patch to optimize scanning on operating channel accidentally removed the code that would ensure power was set to maximum for scanning. This patch re-adds that functionality. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4f2e9d91 |
|
07-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Allow scanning on existing channel-type. Previous code set the channel type to NO_HT, but it appears that NO_HT packets can be sent on any channel type, so we do not need to change the channel type as long as the channel is correct. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b23b025f |
|
04-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Optimize scans on current operating channel. This should decrease un-necessary flushes, on/off channel work, and channel changes in cases where the only scanned channel is the current operating channel. * Removes SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL flag, uses SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL and is-scanning flags instead. * Add helper method to determine if we are currently configured for the operating channel. * Do no blindly go off/on channel in work.c Instead, only call appropriate on/off code when we really need to change channels. Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting work, and disable it when we are done. * Consolidate ieee80211_offchannel_stop_station and ieee80211_offchannel_stop_beaconing, call it ieee80211_offchannel_stop_vifs instead. * Accept non-beacon frames when scanning on operating channel. * Scan state machine optimized to minimize on/off channel transitions. Also, when going on-channel, go ahead and re-enable beaconing. We're going to be there for 200ms, so seems like some useful beaconing could happen. Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting software scan, and disable it when we are done. * Grab local->mtx earlier in __ieee80211_scan_completed_finish so that we are protected when calling hw_config(), etc. * Pass probe-responses up the stack if scanning on local channel, so that mlme can take a look. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
df6ba5d8 |
|
12-Jan-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add hw configuration for max ampdu buffer size Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration. This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max supported. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
681c4d07 |
|
12-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix lockdep warning Since the introduction of the fixes for the reorder timer, mac80211 will cause lockdep warnings because lockdep confuses local->skb_queue and local->rx_skb_queue and treats their lock as the same. However, their locks are different, and are valid in different contexts (the former is used in IRQ context, the latter in BH only) and the only thing to be done is mark the former as a different lock class so that lockdep can tell the difference. Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Reported-by: Sujith <m.sujith@gmail.com> Reported-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com> Tested-by: Sujith <m.sujith@gmail.com> Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
21f83589 |
|
18-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24a8fdad |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: serialize rx path workers This patch addresses the issue of serialization between the main rx path and various reorder release timers. <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html> It converts the previously local "frames" queue into a global rx queue [rx_skb_queue]. This way, everyone (be it the main rx-path or some reorder release timeout) can add frames to it. Only one active rx handler worker [ieee80211_rx_handlers] is needed. All other threads which have lost the race of "runnning_rx_handler" can now simply "return", knowing that the thread who had the "edge" will also take care of their workload. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fe67c913 |
|
27-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make LED trigger names available early The throughput trigger will require doing LED classdev/trigger handling before register_hw(), so drivers should have access to the trigger names before it. If trigger registration fails, this will still make the trigger name available, but that's not a big problem since the default trigger will the simply not be found. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c7108a71 |
|
16-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Send mesh non-HWMP path selection frames to userspace Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. Also allow userspace to send and receive mesh path selection frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a293911d |
|
14-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration With the upcoming hardware offload implementation, some devices will have a different maximum duration for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
207aba60 |
|
10-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support IBSS RSN with SW crypto When software crypto is used, mac80211 will support IBSS RSN, it doesn't depend on the driver in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f7e0104c |
|
09-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support separate default keys Add support for split default keys (unicast and multicast) in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7659a193 |
|
07-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Fix compilation error when mesh is disabled Wrap mesh sections inside CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH to fix compilation problems reported by Stephen Rothwell, Larry Finger and Bruno Randolf. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
29cbe68c |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dc9f48ce |
|
27-Oct-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix scan_ies_len to include DS Params Commit 651b52254fc061f02d965524e71de4333a009a5a added DS Parameter Set information into Probe Request frames that are transmitted on 2.4 GHz band, but it failed to increment local->scan_ies_len to cover this new information. This variable needs to be updated to match the maximum IE data length so that the extra buffer need gets reduced from the driver limit. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
99b88a0e |
|
15-Oct-2010 |
Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> |
mac80211: cancel restart_work explicitly instead of depending on flush_scheduled_work() iee80211_hw->restart_work is the only work which uses the system workqueue. Instead of calling flush_scheduled_work() during iee80211_exit(), cancel the work during unregistration. This is to prepare for the deprecation and removal of flush_scheduled_work(). Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7be5086d |
|
12-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add probe request filter flag Using the frame registration notification, we can see when probe requests are requested and notify the low-level driver via filtering. The flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4136c422 |
|
06-Oct-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: assure we also cancel deferred scan request This is partial revert and fix for commit 85f72bc839705294b32b6c16b491c0422f0a71b3 "mac80211: only cancel software-based scans on suspend" When cfg80211 request the scan and mac80211 perform some management work, we defer the scan request. We do not canceling such requests when calling ieee80211_scan_cancel(), because of SCAN_SW_SCANNING bit check just before the call. So fix that problem. Another problem, which commit 85f72bc839705294b32b6c16b491c0422f0a71b3 tries to solve, is we can not cancel HW scan. Hence patch make ieee80211_scan_cancel() ignore HW scan (see code comments). Keeping local->mtx lock assures that the deferred scan will not become "working" HW scan. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
025e6be2 |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix deadlock with multiple interfaces The locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps is buggy -- it cannot acquire another interface's mutex while the iflist mutex is held because another code path could be holding the iface mutex and trying to acquire the iflist mutex. But the locking is also unnecessary, we only check "ifmgd->associated" as a bool, and don't use the pointer (in check_mgd_smps). Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
78be49ec |
|
02-Oct-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: distinct between max rates and the number of rates the hw can report Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800). However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1 the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes that the device can handle multi rate retries. Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1be7fe8d |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> |
mac80211: fix for WDS interfaces Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive tests. Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bc86863d |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: perform scan cancel in hw reset work Move ieee80211_scan_cancel() and all other related code to ieee80211_restart_work() as ieee80211_restart_hw() is intended to be callable from any context. Fix a bug that RTNL lock is not taken during ieee80211_cancel_scan(). Take local->mtx before WARN(test_bit(SCAN_HW_SCANNING, &local->scanning) to prevent the race condition with __ieee80211_start_scan() described here: http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=128516716810537&w=2 Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8d4780eb |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix offchannel assumption upon association Association is dealt with as an atomic offchannel operation, we do this because we don't know we are associated until we get the associatin response from the AP. When we do get the associatin response though we were never clearing the offchannel state. This has a few implications, we told drivers we were still offchannel, and the first configured TX power for the channel does not take into account any power constraints. For ath9k this meant ANI calibration would not start upon association, and we'd have to wait until the first bgscan to be triggered. There may be other issues this resolves but I'm too lazy to comb the code to check. Cc: stable@kernel.org Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com> Cc: Vasanth Thiagarajan <vasanth.thiagarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2ca27bcf |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
95ae6b22 |
|
14-Sep-2010 |
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> |
ipv4: ip_ptr cleanups dev->ip_ptr is protected by rtnl and rcu. Yet some places dont use appropriate primitives and/or locking rules. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
edeb78a7 |
|
13-Sep-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: wait for scan work complete before restarting hw This is needed to avoid warning in ieee80211_restart_hw about hardware scan in progress. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Acked-by: Wey-Yi W Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
18145c69 |
|
30-Aug-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: cancel scan in ieee80211_restart_hw if software scan pending This function exists to clean-up after a hardware error or something similar. The restart is accomplished using the same infrastructure used to resume after a suspend. The suspend path cancels running scans, so it seems appropriate to do that here as well for software-based scans. If a hardware-based scan is pending, issue a warning message since this indicates that the drivers has failed to clean-up after itself. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
071249b1 |
|
25-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: delete work timer The new workqueue changes helped me find this bug that's been lingering since the changes to the work processing in mac80211 -- the work timer is never deleted properly. Do that to avoid having it fire after all data structures have been freed. It can't be re-armed because all it will do, if running, is schedule the work, but that gets flushed later and won't have anything to do since all work items are gone by now (by way of interface removal). Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.34+] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
26a58456 |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: switch to ieee80211_sdata_running Since the introduction of ieee80211_sdata_running(), some new code was introduced that uses netif_running() instead. Switch all these instances over. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a621fa4d |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing port control protocol Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style functionality use a different protocol than EAP (even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3ffc2a90 |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow vendor specific cipher suites Allow drivers to specify their own set of cipher suites to advertise vendor-specific ciphers. The driver is then required to implement hardware crypto offload for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5eb5a52d |
|
25-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix mesh advertisement When a mac80211-based driver advertises mesh mode support, this will be advertised to userspace. However, if mac80211 was compiled without mesh support, then that won't actually be true. Fix this by removing the bit for mesh if mesh isn't compiled in. Since this synchronizes what we advertise to cfg80211 and actually support, it means we can now rely on cfg80211's interface type checks and need not check again in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
258086a4 |
|
22-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: cancel restart_work in ieee80211_unregister_hw Unlike most other workqueue-tasks, the restart_work is not scheduled onto mac80211's private per-interface workqueue, but onto one of the system-wide workqueues. Therefore the mac80211-stack has to cancel any pending restarts, before destroying the shared device context and handing back the memory. Otherwise - under very unlucky circumstances - there could be a stale work- item left, because some other kernel component might have delayed the execution of ieee80211_restart_work for too long. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0fb9a9ec |
|
20-Aug-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net/mac80211: Use wiphy_<level> Standardize logging messages from printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args); to wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args); Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2e161f78 |
|
12-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing Allow userspace to register for more than just action frames by giving the frame subtype, and make it possible to use this in various modes as well. With some tweaks and some added functionality this will, in the future, also be usable in AP mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor interface currently used in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5daa8a8e |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: dont advertise WEP if unavailable When WEP is unavailable, don't advertise it to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a1699b75 |
|
30-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify scan and work mutexes Having both scan and work mutexes is not just a bit too fine grained, it also creates issues when there's code that needs both since they then need to be acquired in the right order, which can be hard to do. Therefore, use just a single mutex for both. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ffd2778b |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix driver offchannel notification when the channel does not change When running in client mode and associating to an AP, the channel change is usually performed with the offchannel flag still set. However after the assoc is complete, the following channel change event is suppressed because the run time channel is already set to the operating channel. Fix this by sending channel change notifications to the driver even if only the offchannel flag changes. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4e6cbfd0 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
93c08c32 |
|
02-Aug-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix compilation warning when CONFIG_INET is not set The warning is: net/mac80211/main.c:688: warning: label ‘fail_ifa’ defined but not used Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
45521245 |
|
27-Jul-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: inform drivers about the off-channel status on channel changes For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if the channel temporarily changes. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3473187d |
|
07-Jul-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove wep dependency The current mac80211 code assumes that WEP is always available. If WEP fails to initialize, ieee80211_register_hw will always fail. In some cases (e.g. FIPS certification), the cryptography used by WEP is unavailable. However, in such cases there is no good reason why CCMP encryption (or even no link level encryption) cannot be used. So, this patch removes mac80211's assumption that WEP (and TKIP) will always be available for use. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ff616381 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix ps-qos network latency handling The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless (for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.) This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps timeout of 100ms. Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct. Move it to the ieee80211_local struct. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
68542962 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a6a67db2 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refcount aggregation queue stop mac80211 currently maintains the ampdu_lock to avoid starting a queue due to one aggregation session while another aggregation session needs the queue stopped. We can do better, however, and instead refcount the queue stops for this particular purpose, thus removing the need for the lock. This will help making ampdu_action able to sleep. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c1475ca9 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move aggregation callback processing This moves the aggregation callback processing to the per-sdata skb queue and a work function rather than the tasklet. Unfortunately, this means that it extends the pkt_type hack to that skb queue. However, it will enable making ampdu_action API changes gradually, my current plan is to get rid of this again by forcing drivers to only return from ampdu_action() when everything is done, thus removing the callbacks completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
90b72609 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add netif state checking to ieee80211_ifa_changed There's a window for ieee80211_ifa_changed() to get called whilst the managed mode mutex has not been initialized when opening and stopping the interface. Currently this causes a kernel BUG like the following: [ 132.460013] kernel BUG at /home/wifi/iwlwifi-2.6/net/mac80211/main.c:380! [ 132.460013] invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP The mutex is initialized during open(), hence once netif_running() is true, the mutex should be valid. Fix by adding a netif_running() check to the function. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
26b36cfe |
|
04-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: make ARP filtering depend on CONFIG_INET Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ad0e2b5a |
|
01-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify key locking Since I recently made station management able to sleep, I can now rework key management as well; since it will no longer need a spinlock and can also use a mutex instead, a bunch of code to allow drivers' set_key to sleep while key management is protected by a spinlock can now be removed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2b2c009e |
|
27-May-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for hardware ARP query filtering Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface. Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when associated whenever the IP address(es) change. This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't need ARP filtering. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ec8aa669 |
|
13-May-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add the minstrel_ht rate control algorithm Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0aaffa9b |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve HT channel handling Currently, when one interface switches HT mode, all others will follow along. This is clearly undesirable, since the new one might switch to no-HT while another one is operating in HT. Address this issue by keeping track of the HT mode per interface, and allowing only changes that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+ is not possible when another interface is in HT40-, in that case the second one needs to fall back to HT20. Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on, store the per-interface HT mode (channel type) in the virtual interface's bss_conf. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
be4a4b6a |
|
03-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve IBSS scanning When IBSS is fixed to a frequency, it can still scan to try to find the right BSSID. This makes sense if the BSSID isn't also fixed, but it need not scan all channels -- just one is sufficient. Make it do that by moving the scan setup code to ieee80211_request_internal_scan() and include a channel variable setting. Note that this can be further improved to start the IBSS right away if both frequency and BSSID are fixed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
195e294d |
|
26-Apr-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Determine dynamic PS timeout based on ps-qos network latency Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b5878a2d |
|
07-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0379185b |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: annotate station rcu dereferences The new RCU lockdep support warns about these in some contexts -- make it aware of the locks used to protect all this. Different locks are used in different contexts which unfortunately means we can't get perfect checking. Also remove rcu_dereference() from two places that don't actually dereference the pointers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2f787b0b |
|
04-Apr-2010 |
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明 <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> |
mac80211: Ensure initializing private mc_list in prepare_multicast(). Fix kernel panic by NULL pointer dereference in the context of ieee80211_ops->prepare_multicast(). This bug was introduced by commit 22bedad3c.. ("net: convert multicast list to list_head"). Call __hw_addr_init() in ieee80211_alloc_hw() to initialize list_head of private device multicast list, like we do in bond_init(). Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
22bedad3 |
|
01-Apr-2010 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: convert multicast list to list_head Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list. +uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global" variant) instead of a function parameter. +removes dev_mcast.c completely. +exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b446918b |
|
24-Feb-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: use listen interval 5 as default Currently if a driver does not set hw.max_listen_interval a listen interval of 1 is negotiated with the AP. Thus, the AP could drop buffered frames for us after just one beacon interval which can easily happen with the current powersave and scan implementation. To avoid this issue increase the default interval to 5 which should be a reasonable safe default. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
50ae0cf1 |
|
12-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add debugfs interface for U-APSD queue configuration Because it's not yet decided how to configure which queues are U-APSD enabled, add a debugfs interface for testing purposes. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab13315a |
|
12-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add U-APSD client support Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it possible to save even more power. Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported. Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running various test traffic with ping. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
29401f66 |
|
28-Dec-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: No need to include WEXT headers here Remove the forgotten linux/wireless.h inclusion from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b8bc4b0a |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: support remain-on-channel command This implements the new remain-on-channel cfg80211 command in mac80211, extending the work interface. Also change the work purge code to be able to clean up events properly (pretending they timed out.) Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0c1ad2ca |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: proper bss private data handling cfg80211 offers private data for each BSS struct, which mac80211 uses. However, mac80211 uses internal and external (cfg80211) BSS pointers interchangeably and has a hack to put the cfg80211 bss struct into the private struct. Remove this hack, properly converting between the pointers wherever necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af6b6374 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: generalise work handling In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on another channel) will be useful. To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The API can currently handle probing a specific AP, authentication and association. The MLME previously handled probe/authentication as one step and will continue to do so, but they are separate in the new work handling. Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right now will do for its combined probe/auth step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9607e6b66 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev) use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is just an inline containing netif_running() for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f38fd12f |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow disabling 40MHz on 2.4GHz In some situations it is required that a system be configured with no support for 40 MHz channels in the 2.4 GHz band. Rather than imposing any such restrictions on everybody, allow configuration a system like that with a module parameter. It is writable at runtime but only takes effect at the time of the next association. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0f78231b |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
12375ef9 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47846c9b |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d24deb25 |
|
04-Dec-2009 |
Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add define for TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself. Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value. This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom in the most efficient manner. Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f64f9e71 |
|
29-Nov-2009 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: Move && and || to end of previous line Not including net/atm/ Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored. Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9bc383de |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5be83de5 |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: convert bools into flags We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys which make more sense as flags as we keep adding more. Convert the existing ones. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fe7a5d5c |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX status handling It's enough code to have its own file, I think. Especially since I'm going to add to it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c951ad35 |
|
15-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3e5b1101 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: reduce the amount of unnecessary traffic on cooked monitor interfaces In order to handle association and authentication in AP mode, hostapd needs access to the tx status info of its own frames through a cooked monitor interface. Without this patch the cooked monitor interfaces also passed on tx status information for packets from other virtual interfaces. This creates a significant performance issue on embedded system. Hostapd tries to work around this by installing a Linux Socket Filter that only captures the frames it's interested in, however data duplication and socket filter matching still uses up enough CPU cycles to be very noticeable on small systems. This patch ensures that tx status information of non-injected frames does not make it to cooked monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af818581 |
|
06-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c327d967 |
|
02-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix internal scan request The internal scan request mac80211 uses to scan for IBSS networks was set up to contain no channels at all because n_channels wasn't set after setting up the channels array. Fix this to properly scan for networks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7bcfaf2f |
|
26-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use debugfs_remove_recursive We can save a lot of code and pointers in the structs by using debugfs_remove_recursive(). First, change cfg80211 to use debugfs_remove_recursive() so that drivers do not need to clean up any files they added to the per-wiphy debugfs (if and only if they are ok to be accessed until after wiphy_unregister!). Then also make mac80211 use debugfs_remove_recursive() where necessary -- it need not remove per-wiphy files as cfg80211 now removes those, but netdev etc. files still need to be handled but can now be removed without needing struct dentry pointers to all of them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea77f12f |
|
21-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove tasklet enable/disable Due to the way the tasklets work in mac80211 there's no need to ever disable them. However, we need to clear the pending packets when taking down the last interface because otherwise the tx_pending_tasklet might be queued if the driver mucks with the queues (which it shouldn't). I've had a situation occasionally with ar9170 in which ksoftirq was using 100% CPU time because a disabled tasklet was scheduled, and I think that was due to ar9170 receiving a packet while the tasklet was disabled. That's strange and it really should not do that for other reasons, but there's no need to waste that much CPU time over it, it should just warn instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
11ba964d |
|
19-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix register_hw error path "cfg80211: fix alignment problem in scan request" introduced a bug into the error path, because now we allocate the entire scan request and not just the channel list (the channel list is allocated together with the scan request) -- on errors we thus also need to free the entire scan request. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bfc32e6a |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Decouple fail_avg stats used by mesh from rate control algorithm. Mesh uses the tx failure average to compute the (m)path metric. This used to be done inside the rate control module. This patch breaks the dependency between the mesh stack and the rate control algorithm. Mesh will now work independently of the chosen rate control algorithm. The mesh stack keeps a moving average of the average transmission losses for each mesh peer station. If the fail average exceeds a certain threshold, the peer link is marked as broken. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f424afa1 |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove deprecated API All but two drivers have now stopped using the two deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int, so it's about time to remove them for good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3ac64bee |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5ba63533 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: fix alignment problem in scan request The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong, we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory. It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length array into the struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3b90ca2 |
|
04-Aug-2009 |
Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> |
mac80211: FIF_PSPOLL filter flag When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211 implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames. It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations reliably. The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode. And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other control ones, but only PS Poll ones. This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames". This flag is passed to the driver: A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode. B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in addition to it). Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
42935eca |
|
29-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211 takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never really had requirements on drivers for how they should use the workqueue in consideration for suspend. We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue: * ieee80211_queue_work() * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work() These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211 flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times, but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the suspend cycle. Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work in the mac80211 stop() callback. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
97af7432 |
|
29-Jul-2009 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: disable beacons before removing the associated interface When downing interfaces, it's a good idea to tell the driver to stop sending beacons; that way the driver doesn't need special code in ops->remove_interface() when it should already handle the case in bss_info_changed(). This fixes a potential crash with at least ath5k since the vif pointer will be nullified while beacon interrupts are still active. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4da163ab |
|
27-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disable software retry for now Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns out that we've never done that correctly, but due to some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've added a comment in the patch that explains the problem better and also points to possible solutions -- which I can't implement right now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fbe9c429 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Replace {sw, hw}_scanning variables with a bitfield Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example for background scanning). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a272a720 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow using network namespaces This finally opens up the ability to put mac80211 devices into different network namespaces. As long as you don't have sysfs, that is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3b8d81e0 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f1d58c25 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8f77f384 |
|
07-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption is used. Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also fixes a problem where frames for that particular station could be reordered when some were still on the software queues and older ones are re-injected into the software queue after them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e535c756 |
|
23-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate conf.beacon_int properly Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag, so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1ce8e7b5 |
|
26-May-2009 |
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> |
net: ALIGN/PTR_ALIGN cleanup in alloc_netdev_mq()/netdev_priv() Use ALIGN() and PTR_ALIGN() macros instead of handcoding them. Get rid of NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST ugly define Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9cef8737 |
|
14-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix managed mode BSSID handling Currently, we will ask the driver to configure right away when somebody changes the desired BSSID. That's totally strange because then we will configure the driver without even knowing whether the BSS exists. Change this to only configure the BSSID when associated, and configure a zero BSSID when not associated. As a side effect, this fixes an issue with the iwlwifi driver which doesn't implement sta_notify properly and uses the BSSID instead and gets very confused if the BSSID is cleared before we disassociate, which results in the warning Marcel posted [1] and iwlwifi bug 1995 [2]. [1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/32598 [2] http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1995 Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
58905ca5 |
|
07-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan channel race When a software scan starts, it first sets sw_scanning, but leaves the scan_channel "unset" (it currently actually gets initialised to a default). Now, when something else tries to (re)configure the hardware in the window between these two events (after sw_scanning = true, but before scan_channel is set), the current code switches to the (unset!) scan_channel. This causes trouble, especially when switching bands and sending frames on the wrong channel. To work around this, leave scan_channel initialised to NULL and use it to determine whether or not a switch to a different channel should occur (and also use the same condition to check whether to adjust power for scan or not). Additionally, avoid reconfiguring the hardware completely when recalculating idle resulted in no changes, this was the problem that originally led us to discover the race condition in the first place, which was helpfully bisected by Pavel. This part of the patch should not be necessary with the other fixes, but not calling the ieee80211_hw_config function when we know it to be unnecessary is certainly a correct thing to do. Unfortunately, this patch cannot and does not fix the race condition completely, but due to the way the scan code is structured it makes the particular problem Pavel discovered (race while changing channel at the same time as transmitting frames) go away. To fix it completely, more work especially with locking configuration is needed. Bisected-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24487981 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2d0ddec5 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
57c4d7b4 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs: hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is rather confusing, even though the former is used when we beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to an AP. This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily. NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all drivers, some are updated in this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f3b85252 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan races and rework scanning There are some places marked /* XXX maybe racy? */ and they really are racy because there's no locking. This patch reworks much of the scan code, and introduces proper locking for the scan request as well as the internal scanning (which is necessary for IBSS/managed modes). Helper functions are added to call the scanning code whenever necessary. The scan deferring is changed to simply queue the scanning work instead of trying to start the scan in place, the scanning work will then take care of the rest. Also, currently when internal scans are requested for an interface that is trying to associate, we reject such scans. This was not intended, the mlme code has provisions to scan twice when it can't find the BSS to associate with right away; this has never worked properly. Fix this by not rejecting internal scan requests for an interface that is associating. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c428c892 |
|
28-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: default to automatic power control In "mac80211: correct wext transmit power handler" I fixed the wext handler, but forgot to make the default of the user_power_level -1 (aka "auto"), so that now the transmit power is always set to 0, causing associations to time out and similar problems since we're transmitting with very little power. Correct this by correcting the default user_power_level to -1. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Bisected-by: Niel Lambrechts <niel.lambrechts@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d4c4a9a1 |
|
29-Apr-2009 |
Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk> |
mac80211: fix modprobe deadlock by not calling wep_init under rtnl_lock - ieee80211_wep_init(), which is called with rtnl_lock held, blocks in request_module() [waiting for modprobe to load a crypto module]. - modprobe blocks in a call to flush_workqueue(), when it closes a TTY [presumably when it exits]. - The workqueue item linkwatch_event() blocks on rtnl_lock. There's no reason for wep_init() to be called with rtnl_lock held, so just move it outside the critical section. Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b9a5f8ca |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add set/get for frag/rts threshold and retry limits Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and retry limits. Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values in struct wiphy. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af8cdcd8 |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert to cfg80211 IBSS API This converts mac80211 to the new cfg80211 IBSS API, the wext handling functions are called where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
10f644a4 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disable powersave if pm_qos asks for low latency When an application asks for a latency lower than the beacon interval there's nothing we can do -- we need to stay awake and not have the AP buffer frames for us. Add code to automatically calculate this constraint in mac80211 so drivers need not concern themselves with it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f2753ddb |
|
14-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add hardware restart function Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information, etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let mac80211 help them. The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
25e47c18 |
|
02-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add cipher capabilities This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5ef2d41a |
|
30-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: include HT capabilities in probe request Include the HT capabilities in the probe request frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
de95a54b |
|
01-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: pass all probe request IEs to driver Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass the locally generated ones as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
18a83659 |
|
30-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce scan IE limit attribute This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells userspace how long the information elements added to a probe request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I can fix that, iwlwifi too. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47afbaf5 |
|
07-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: correct wext transmit power handler Wext makes no assumptions about the contents of data->txpower.fixed and data->txpower.value when data->txpower.disabled is set, so do not update the user-requested power level while disabling. Also, when wext configures a really _fixed_ power output [1], we should reject it instead of limiting it to the regulatory constraint. If the user wants to set a _limit_ [2] then we should honour that. [1] iwconfig wlan0 txpower 20dBm fixed [2] iwconfig wlan0 txpower 10dBm This fixes http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1942 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e4e72fb4 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/iwlwifi: move virtual A-MDPU queue bookkeeping to iwlwifi This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle starting and stopping the queues in mac80211. To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the mac80211 counterparts. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cd8ffc80 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix aggregation to not require queue stop Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation (which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb queue once aggregation is turned on successfully. We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in a follow-up patch. This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being established, but only after it has been fully established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a577d98 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework the pending packets code The pending packets code is quite incomprehensible, uses memory barriers nobody really understands, etc. This patch reworks it entirely, using the queue spinlock, proper stop bits and the skb queues themselves to indicate whether packets are pending or not (rather than a separate variable like before). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b5bde374 |
|
13-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix warnings in ieee80211_if_config The last warning can never trigger, and the explicit AP_VLAN check is pointless if we move the config_interface check down, in practice config_interface is required anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77965c97 |
|
18-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: clean up signal type It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option, although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
46900298 |
|
14-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
96f5e66e |
|
11-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix aggregation for hardware with ampdu queues Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation. This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues, but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time, which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP). This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like this: 1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a single frame with its fragments) 2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation, when the session has come up take all those frames and put them onto the queue from 1) 3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from mac80211 again This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
076ae609 |
|
11-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disallow moving netns mac80211 currently assumes init_net for all interfaces, so really will not cope well with network namespaces, at least at this time. To change this, we would have keep track of the netns in addition to the ifindex, which is not something I want to think about right now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9a03d6d7 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: calculate wstats_flags on the fly Just to make wext.c more self-contained. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
00d3f14c |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use cfg80211s BSS infrastructure Remove all the code from mac80211 to keep track of BSSes and use the cfg80211-provided code completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a519311 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: scanning (and mac80211 update to use it) This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct, but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5e133362 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disable IBSS beacon before join Before we have a probe response frame (which is used as the beacon too) there's no need to ask drivers to beacon, they will not get a beacon anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7230645e |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert master interface to netdev_ops Also call our own ieee80211_master_setup routine instead of overwriting almost all the values from ether_setup; this loses a few assignments that are pointless on the master interface anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7fee5372 |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove HW_SIGNAL_DB Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a little fishy anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c771c9d8 |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add interface list lock Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it needs to be flushed under the RTNL. This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the code change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
30d3ef41 |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: change workqueue back to non-freezeable "mac80211: make workqueue freezable" made the mac80211 workqueue freezeable to prevent us from doing any work after the driver went away. This was fine before mac80211 had any suspend support. However, now we want to flush this workqueue in suspend(). Because the thread for a freezeable workqueue is stopped before the device class suspend() is called, flush_workqueue() will hang in the suspend-to-disk case. Converting it back to a non-freezeable queue will keep suspend from hanging. Moreover, since we flush the workqueue under RTNL and userspace is stopped, there won't be any new work in the workqueue until after resume. Thus we still don't have to worry about pinging the AP without hardware. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
078e1e60 |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: Add capability to enable/disable beaconing This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a separate change flag and tracks user-space requests. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5f936f11 |
|
20-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: constify ieee80211_if_conf.bssid Then one place can be a static const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a8302de9 |
|
09-Jan-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Handle power constraint level advertised in 11d+h beacon This patch uses power constraint level while determining the maximum transmit power, there by it makes sure that any power mitigation requirement for the channel in the current regulatory domain is met. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4797938c |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up channel type config The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require reprogramming the hardware anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2bf30fab |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove user_power_level from driver API I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting", the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3c92df0 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix tx power setting power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power, local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for user configured power limit. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
285256a5 |
|
23-Dec-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: no need for ht.enabled We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
520eb820 |
|
18-Dec-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: implement dynamic power save This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some require the host to do it. The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms: iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware. It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle. In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS. Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ce7c9111 |
|
18-Dec-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: track master queue status This is a preparation for the dynamic power save support. In future there are two paths to stop the master queues and we need to track this properly to avoid starting queues incorrectly. Implement this by adding a status array for each queue. The original idea and design is from Johannes Berg, I just did the implementation based on his notes. All the bugs are mine, of course. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5e3f3089 |
|
17-Dec-2008 |
Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> |
mac80211: Print unknown packet type in tasklet_handler In stress testing p54usb, the WARN_ON() in ieee80211_tasklet_handler() was triggered; however, there is no logging of the received value for packet type. Adding that feature will improve the warning. Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
094d05dc |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT channel selection HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a PHY property and cannot be per-BSS. Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8dffff21 |
|
08-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: only create default STA interface if supported Drivers will support this, obviously, but this forces them to set it up properly. (This includes the fix posted as "mac80211: fix ifmodes check" and tested in wireless-testing by Hin-Tak and others. -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Tested-by: Hin-Tak Leung <htl10@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
447107fb |
|
04-Dec-2008 |
Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove WARN_ON() from ieee80211_hw_config ieee80211_hw_config can return an error when the hardware has rfkill enabled. A WARN_ON() is too harsh for this failure as it is a valid scenario. Only comment this warning as we would like to have it back when rfkill is integrated into mac80211. Also reintroduce propagation of error if ieee80211_hw_config fails in ieee80211_config_beacon. This patch partially reverts patch: 5f0387fc3337ca26f0745f945f550f0c3734960f "mac80211: clean up ieee80211_hw_config errors" Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72bdcf34 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add frequency configuration (including HT40) This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4ada424d |
|
14-Nov-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: don't assume driver has been attached on registration mac80211's ieee80211_register_hw() is often called within the probe path so it cannot assume the device's driver structure has been attached yet so to create a workqueue instead of using driver->name use the wiphy's phy%d name. The name doesn't really matter anyway. This should fix sporadic oopses found when we race to beat the driver pointer setting. Not even sure how this was working properly. http://www.kerneloops.org/search.php?search=ieee80211_register_hw Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
41bb73ee |
|
28-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove SSID driver code Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's unlikely that any hardware design that does require the SSID will play well with mac80211. This also removes support for setting the SSID in master mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b30b1fe |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Re-enable aggregation Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that set ampdu_queues. This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e6a9854b |
|
20-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cb121bad |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add might_sleep to hw_config Just to catch bugs when changing mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bda3933a |
|
10-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can access it during ->tx without having to store it in the private data or similar. No driver updates because this is only for when they want to start using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9124b077 |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback with a new flag to change retry limits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e8975581 |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d9fe60de |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
802.11: clean up/fix HT support This patch cleans up a number of things: * the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information information elements * variable names that are hard to understand * mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused enable_ht parameter * mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht * mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie to an information element _contents_ rather than the whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds access bug fixed!) * mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON checking * a few minor other things Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7a5158ef |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix short slot handling This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e87a2fee |
|
06-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove max_antenna_gain config The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d73782fd |
|
06-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_hw_config errors Warn when ieee80211_hw_config returns an error, it shouldn't happen; remove a number of printks that would happen in such a case and one printk that is user-triggerable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c6a1fa12 |
|
06-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: minor code cleanups Nothing very interesting, some checkpatch inspired stuff, some other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cccf129f |
|
05-Oct-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add the 'minstrel' rate control algorithm Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4b7679a5 |
|
18-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
133b8226 |
|
16-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master iface not wireless There's no need to register the master netdev with cfg80211, in fact, this is quite dangerous and lead to having to add checks for the master interface all over the config handlers. This patch removes the "ieee80211_ptr" from the master iface in favour of having a small netdev_priv() associated with the master interface that stores the ieee80211_local pointer. Because of this, a lot of code in the configuration handlers can go away. To make this patch easier to verify I have also removed a number of wiphy_priv() calls in favour of getting the sdata first and then the local pointer from that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
95dac040 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: small rate control changes This patch fixes mac80211 to not rely on the rate control algorithm to update sta->tx_retry_failed and sta->tx_retry_count (even if we don't currently use them), removes a number of completely unused values we don't even show in debugfs and changes the code in ieee80211_tx_status() to not look up the sta_info repeatedly. The only behaviour change here would be not calling the rate control function rate_control_tx_status() when no sta_info is found, but all rate control algorithms ignore such calls anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7a725f73 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: warn on some invalid vlan operations These should never happen, but better warn about them than crashing a driver, the fact that they never happen is rather subtle throughout mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0d143fe1 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move regular interface handling Move the code to handle regular interfaces out of main.c and into iface.c, keep only the master interface stuff in main.c. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
05c914fe |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c2b13452 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up scan namespace Most of the scan functions are called ieee80211_sta_scan_* or similar, make clean it up so they are all just called ieee80211_scan_*. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
213cd118 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make bridge_packets a virtual interface option The bridge_packets configuration really should be per virtual interface (theoretically per AP/VLAN, but this is much easier); there currently is no way to set it yet though. Also invert the option to "NO_BRIDGE_PACKETS" so the default is to bridge. While at it, also document the flags properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5bc75728 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan vs. interface removal race When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it was a software scan, if the timing is just right. On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem, just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case we would also never restore state of other interfaces. This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable until you scan once. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b7413430 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix work race When we stop an interface, the work on it may still be pending or running. We do cancel the timer, but we do not currently protect against the work struct. The race is very unlikely to hit -- it'll happen only when the driver is using mac80211's workqueue to run long-running tasks and the sta/mesh works are delayed for quite a bit. This patch fixes it by cancelling the work explicitly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
472dbc45 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS. Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces per-interface run-time memory usage. Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5825fe10 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: initialise queue QoS parameters at hw start When hardware is started it might be in a confused state with respect to queue QoS parameters. This patch changes mac80211 to set sane defaults right after the hardware is brought up. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bacac545 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move some HT code out of main.c Now that I've created ht.c, I can move the aggregation code from main.c into it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
491775a5 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use sdata pointer for scan interface Since we now use sdata pointers most of the time, using a netdev pointer here is somewhat artificial, use an sdata pointer instead. Replace a netdev-prefix in a few messages by a wiphy-prefix. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
00c5ae2f |
|
02-Sep-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: change MIMO_PS to SM_PS This patch follows 11n spec naming more rigorously replacing MIMO_PS with SM_PS (Spatial Multiplexing Power Save). (Originally submitted as 4 patches, "mac80211: change MIMO_PS to SM_PS", "iwlwifi: change MIMO_PS to SM_PS", "ath9k: change MIMO_PS to SM_PS", and "iwlwifi: remove double definition of SM PS". -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f59ac048 |
|
29-Aug-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: keep track of supported interface modes It is obviously good for userspace to know up front which interface modes a given piece of hardware might support (even if adding such an interface might fail later because of concurrency issues), so let's make cfg80211 aware of that. For good measure, disallow adding interfaces in all other modes so drivers don't forget to announce support for one mode when they add it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Stephen Blackheath <tramp.enshrine.stephen@blacksapphire.com> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7f93ea3e |
|
06-Aug-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fill start-sequence-number for BA session start Otherwise, drivers are required to keep track of the sequence numbers themselves, and they really shouldn't be since we already do it for them. I'll fix the race once we figure out how this code should work at all, it's currently disabled. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
48c2fc59 |
|
06-Aug-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: cleanup mlme state namespace This patch move add STA_MLME to station mlme state defines. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f698d856 |
|
02-Aug-2008 |
Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> |
replace net_device arguments with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate This patch replaces net_device arguments to mac80211 internal functions with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate. It also does the same for many 802.11s mesh functions, and changes the mesh path table to be indexed on sub_if_data rather than net_device. If the mesh part needs to be a separate patch let me know, but since mesh uses a lot of mac80211 functions which were being converted anyway, the changes go hand-in-hand somewhat. This patch probably does not convert all the functions which could be converted, but it is a large chunk and followup patches will be provided. Signed-off-by: Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bdbe8195 |
|
14-Aug-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: allow no mac address until firmware load Originally by Johannes Berg. This patch adds support for devices that do not report their MAC address until the firmware is loaded. While the address is not known, a multicast on is used. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
62bf1d76 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: explicitly check skb->len ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb internally checks the skb is long enough to hold the full ieee80211_hdr, else it returns zero. Use ieee80211_hdrlen which always returns the hdrlen and check the remaining room in the skb explicitly when removing encryption headers or the qos control field. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8dbc1722 |
|
06-Aug-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: keep mesh ifaces in allmulti mode Currently a mesh node will not forward a multicast frame if it is not subscribed to the specific multicast address. This patch addresses the issue and fixes mesh multicast forwarding. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea95bba4 |
|
17-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used. Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d0f09804 |
|
29-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: partially fix skb->cb use This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now, disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing, will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
023a04be |
|
14-Jul-2008 |
Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org> |
mac80211: return correct error return from ieee80211_wep_init Return the proper error code rather than a hard-coded ENOMEM from ieee80211_wep_init. Also, print the error code on failure. Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
51cb6db0 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
mac80211: Reimplement WME using ->select_queue(). The only behavior change is that we do not drop packets under any circumstances. If that is absolutely needed, we could easily add it back. With cleanups and help from Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
09e83b5d |
|
17-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Kill NETIF_F_MULTI_QUEUE. There is no need for a feature bit for something that can be tested by simply checking the TX queue count. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e8a0464c |
|
17-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Allocate multiple queues for TX. alloc_netdev_mq() now allocates an array of netdev_queue structures for TX, based upon the queue_count argument. Furthermore, all accesses to the TX queues are now vectored through the netdev_get_tx_queue() and netdev_for_each_tx_queue() interfaces. This makes it easy to grep the tree for all things that want to get to a TX queue of a net device. Problem spots which are not really multiqueue aware yet, and only work with one queue, can easily be spotted by grepping for all netdev_get_tx_queue() calls that pass in a zero index. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b9e40857 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Do not use TX lock to protect address lists. Now that we have a specific lock to protect the network device unicast and multicast lists, remove extraneous grabs of the TX lock in cases where the code only needs address list protection. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e308a5d8 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Add netdev->addr_list_lock protection. Add netif_addr_{lock,unlock}{,_bh}() helpers. Use them to protect operations that operate on or read the network device unicast and multicast address lists. Also use them in cases where the code simply wants to block calls into the driver's ->set_rx_mode() and ->set_multicast_list() methods. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9d139c81 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: revamp beacon configuration This patch changes mac80211's beacon configuration handling to never pass skbs to the driver directly but rather always require the driver to use ieee80211_beacon_get(). Additionally, it introduces "change flags" on the config_interface() call to enable drivers to figure out what is changing. Finally, it removes the beacon_update() driver callback in favour of having IBSS beacon delivered by ieee80211_beacon_get() as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
75636525 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: revamp virtual interface handling This patch revamps the virtual interface handling and makes the code much easier to follow. Fewer functions, better names, less spaghetti code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3e122be0 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however, is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power saving stations.) Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on the list of interfaces either. This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now - no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which lets me remove a lot of tests for that - no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called on the master netdev any more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
86d804e1 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Make netif_schedule() routines work with netdev_queue objects. Only plain netif_schedule() remains taking a net_device, mostly as a compatability item while we transition the rest of these interfaces. Everything else calls netif_schedule_queue() or __netif_schedule(), both of which take a netdev_queue pointer. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c2aa2885 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
mac80211: Decrease number of explicit ->tx_queue references. Accomplish this by using local variables. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dc2b4847 |
|
08-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Move queue_lock into struct netdev_queue. The lock is now an attribute of the device queue. One thing to notice is that "suspicious" places emerge which will need specific training about multiple queue handling. They are so marked with explicit "netdev->rx_queue" and "netdev->tx_queue" references. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
fc32f924 |
|
02-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: call bss_info_change only once upon disassociation This patch removes call of ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify from within ieee80211_reset_erp_info. This allows gathering all bss info changes into one call to the driver in the disassociation flow. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
429a3805 |
|
01-Jul-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: add block ack request capability This patch adds block ack request capability Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea0c9253 |
|
03-Jul-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Only flush workqueue when last interface was removed Currently the ieee80211_hw->workqueue is flushed each time an interface is being removed. However most scheduled work is not interface specific but device specific, for example things like periodic work for link tuners. This patch will move the flush_workqueue() call to directly behind the call to ops->stop() to make sure the workqueue is only flushed when all interfaces are gone and there really shouldn't be any scheduled work in the drivers left. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f4ea83dd |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
59959a61 |
|
26-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make workqueue freezable This patch makes the mac80211 workqueue freezable making it interact a bit better with system suspend and not try to ping the AP while the hardware is down. This doesn't really help with implementing proper suspend in any way but makes some bad things trigger less. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dc0ae30c |
|
12-Jun-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix beacon interval value This patch fixes setting beacon interval 1. in register_hw it honors value requested by the driver 2. It uses default 100 instead of 1000 or 10000. Scanning for beacon interval ~1sec and above is not sane Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ad81b2f9 |
|
04-Jun-2008 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fixing slow IBSS rejoin This patch fixes the issue of slow reconnection to an IBSS cell after disconnection from it. Now the interface's bssid is reset upon ifdown. ieee80211_sta_find_ibss: if (found && memcmp(ifsta->bssid, bssid, ETH_ALEN) != 0 && (bss = ieee80211_rx_bss_get(dev, bssid, local->hw.conf.channel->center_freq, ifsta->ssid, ifsta->ssid_len))) Note: In general disconnection is still not handled properly in mac80211 Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b83f4e15 |
|
27-May-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix deadlock in sta->lock This patch fixes a deadlock of sta->lock use, occurring while changing tx aggregation states, as dev_queue_xmit end up in new function test_and_clear_sta_flags that uses that lock thus leading to deadlock Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f6d97104 |
|
27-May-2008 |
Yi Zhu <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix a typo in ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame comment fix a typo in ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame comment Signed-off-by: Yi Zhu <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e2530083 |
|
16-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use multi-queue master netdevice This patch updates mac80211 and drivers to be multi-queue aware and use that instead of the internal queue mapping. Also does a number of cleanups in various pieces of the code that fall out and reduces internal mac80211 state size. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e039fa4a |
|
14-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
36d6825b |
|
14-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: let drivers wake but not start queues Having drivers start queues is just confusing, their ->start() callback can block and do whatever is necessary, so let mac80211 start queues and have drivers wake queues when necessary (to get packets flowing again right away.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
edcdf8b2 |
|
14-May-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: separate Tx and Rx MCS when configuring HT This patch follows the 11n spec in separation between Tx and Rx MCS capabilities. Up until now, when configuring the HT possible set of Tx MCS only Rx MCS were considered, assuming they are the same as the Tx MCS. This patch fixed this by looking at low level driver Tx capabilities. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
566bfe5a |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
07346f81 |
|
02-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: proper STA info locking As discussed earlier, we can unify locking in struct sta_info and use just a single spinlock protecting all members of the structure that need protection. Many don't, but one of the especially bad ones is the 'flags' member that can currently be clobbered when RX and TX is being processed on different CPUs at the same time. Because having four spinlocks for different, mostly exclusive parts of a single structure is overkill, this patch also kills the ampdu and mesh plink spinlocks and uses just a single one for everything. Because none of the spinlocks are nested, this is safe. It remains to be seen whether or not we should make the sta flags use atomic bit operations instead, for now though this is a safe thing and using atomic operations instead will be very simple using the new static inline functions this patch introduces for accessing sta->flags. Since spin_lock_bh() is used with this lock, there shouldn't be any contention even if aggregation is enabled at around the same time as both requires frame transmission/reception which is in a bh context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Tomas Winkler <tomasw@gmail.com> Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e100bb64 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
988c0f72 |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: a few code cleanups This has some code cleanups (some inspired by checkpatch), I got bored at probably a third of the output though so if somebody else wants to... Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
339a7c41 |
|
04-May-2008 |
Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> |
mac80211: Do not free net device after it is unregistered. The error path in ieee80211_register_hw() may call the unregister_netdev() and right after it - the free_netdev(), which is wrong, since the unregister releases the device itself. So the proposed fix is to NULL the local->mdev after unregister is done and check this before calling free_netdev(). I checked - no code uses the local->mdev after unregister in this error path (but even if some did this would be a BUG). Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
636c5d48 |
|
24-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: insert WDS peer after adding interface This reorders the open code so that WDS peer STA info entries are added after the corresponding interface is added to the driver so that driver callbacks aren't invoked out of order. Also make any master device startup fatal. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e94e1068 |
|
24-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: don't allow invalid WDS peer addresses Rather than just disallowing the zero address, disallow all invalid ones. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b808bf2 |
|
23-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: assign conf.beacon_control for mesh Drivers can rightfully assume that they get a beacon_control if the beacon is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b16bd15c |
|
11-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix spinlock recursion When STAs are expired, we need to hold the sta_lock. Using the same lock for keys too would then mean we'd need another key free function, and that'll just lead to confusion, so just use a new spinlock for all key lists. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2c8dccc7 |
|
08-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename files This patch renames all mac80211 files (except ieee80211_i.h) to get rid of the useless ieee80211_ prefix. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|